-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, P34f7RSoXmgLUOluPbRBF3LLlK7wPSkFME6xQ9qePwnt/OjmDZx1/4tXjlodAdI0 5TromvILNTPQ8NAAavoQtQ== 0000950134-07-006835.txt : 20070328 0000950134-07-006835.hdr.sgml : 20070328 20070328171828 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000950134-07-006835 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 10 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20061231 FILED AS OF DATE: 20070328 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20070328 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: DIGITAL RECORDERS INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000853695 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT, NEC [3669] IRS NUMBER: 561362926 STATE OF INCORPORATION: NC FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-28539 FILM NUMBER: 07725048 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 5949 SHERRY LANE STREET 2: SUITE 1050 CITY: DALLAS STATE: TX ZIP: 75225 BUSINESS PHONE: (214) 378-8992 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 5949 SHERRY LANE STREET 2: SUITE 1050 CITY: DALLAS STATE: TX ZIP: 75225 10-K 1 d45016e10vk.htm FORM 10-K e10vk
 

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006
 
Commission file number 1-13408
DIGITAL RECORDERS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its Charter)
 
     
North Carolina   56-1362926
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
 
5949 Sherry Lane, Suite 1050
Dallas, Texas 75225
(Address of principal executive offices, Zip Code)
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(214) 378-8992
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
 
Common Stock, $.10 Par Value
  The NASDAQ Capital Market®
Boston Stock Exchange, Inc.®
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act:  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days:  Yes þ     No o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (Section 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2):
 
Large accelerated filer o     Accelerated filer o     Non-accelerated filer þ
 
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act):  Yes o     No þ
 
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2006 was approximately $11,914,454.
 
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s Common Stock as of February 28, 2007:
 
     
Common Stock, par value $.10 per share   10,062,055
(Class of Common Stock)
  Number of Shares
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
 
Part III incorporates certain information by reference from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement, which will be filed on or before April 30, 2007, for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on or before June 13, 2007.
 


 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
“Forward-looking” statements appear throughout this Annual Report. We have based these forward-looking statements upon our current expectations and projections about future events. It is important to note our actual results could differ materially from those contemplated in our forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those described in Item 1A “Risk Factors” and Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk,” as well as all other cautionary language in this Annual Report. Readers should be aware that the occurrence of the events described in these considerations and elsewhere in this Annual Report could have an adverse effect on the business, results of operations or financial condition of the entity affected.
 
Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report include, without limitation, the following:
 
  •  Statements regarding our ability to meet our capital requirements;
 
  •  Statements regarding our ability to meet and maintain our existing debt obligations, including obligations to make payments under such debt instruments;
 
  •  Statements regarding our future cash flow position;
 
  •  Statements regarding our ability to obtain lender financing sufficient to meet our working capital requirements;
 
  •  Statements about our efforts to manage and effect certain necessary fixed cost reductions;
 
  •  Statements regarding our ability to achieve other expense reductions;
 
  •  Statements regarding the timing or amount of future revenues;
 
  •  Statements regarding product sales in future periods;
 
  •  Statements regarding the effectiveness of any of management’s strategic objectives or initiatives or the implications thereof on our shareholders, creditors, or other constituencies;
 
  •  Statements regarding expected results;
 
  •  Statements regarding current trends and indicators;
 
  •  Statements regarding our ability to implement plans for complying with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;
 
  •  Statements regarding recent legislative action affecting the transportation and/or security industry, including, without limitation, the Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient, Transportation Equity Act — A Legacy for Users, and any successor legislation;
 
  •  Statements regarding the impact of the recent passage of the Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient, Transportation Equity Act — A Legacy for Users;
 
  •  Statements regarding changes in federal or state funding for transportation and or security-related funding;
 
  •  Statements regarding possible growth through acquisitions;
 
  •  Statements regarding future sources of capital to fund such growth, including sources of additional equity financing;
 
  •  Statements regarding anticipated advancements in technology related to our products and services;
 
  •  Statements regarding future product and service offerings;
 
  •  Statements regarding the success of product and service introductions;
 
  •  Statements regarding the ability to include additional security features to existing products and services;
 
  •  Statements regarding the potential positive effect such additional security features may have on revenues;


2


 

 
  •  Statements regarding the expected contribution of sales of new and modified security related products to our profitability;
 
  •  Statements regarding future events or expectations including the expected timing of order deliveries;
 
  •  Statements regarding the expected customer acceptance of products;
 
  •  Statements regarding potential benefits our security features may have for our customers;
 
  •  Statements regarding the success of special alliances with various product partners;
 
  •  Statements regarding the availability of alternate suppliers of the component parts required to manufacture our products;
 
  •  Statements regarding our intellectual property rights and our efforts to protect and defend such rights;
 
  •  Statements that contain words like “believe,” “anticipate,” “expect” and similar expressions that are used to identify forward-looking statements.
 
Readers should be aware that all of our forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, assumptions and uncertainties, such as (and in no particular order):
 
  •  Risks that we may not be able to continue as a going concern;
 
  •  Risks that we may not be able to meet our capital requirements;
 
  •  Risks that we may not be able to meet and maintain our debt obligations, including obligations to make payments under such debt instruments;
 
  •  Risks regarding our future cash flow position;
 
  •  Risks that we may be unable to obtain lender financing sufficient to meet our working capital requirements;
 
  •  Risks that we may not be able to effect desired and planned reductions in certain fixed costs;
 
  •  Risks that we may not be able to achieve other expense reductions;
 
  •  Risks that management’s strategic objectives or initiatives may not be effective;
 
  •  Risks that assumptions behind future revenue timing or amounts may not prove accurate over time;
 
  •  Risks that current trends and indicators may not be indicative of future results;
 
  •  Risks that we may lose customers or that customer demand for our products and services may decline;
 
  •  Risks that there will be reductions in federal and/or state funding for the transportation and/or security industry;
 
  •  Risks that we may be unable to grow through acquisitions;
 
  •  Risks that we may be unable to secure additional sources of capital to fund growth, including the inability to secure additional equity financing;
 
  •  Risks that future technological advances may not occur when anticipated or that future technological advances will make our current product and service offerings obsolete;
 
  •  Risks that potential benefits our security products may have for our customers do not materialize;
 
  •  Risks that we will be unable to meet expected timing of order deliveries;
 
  •  Risks that product and service offerings may not be accepted by our customers;
 
  •  Risks that product and service introductions may not produce desired revenue results;
 
  •  Risks that we may be unable to create meaningful security product features in either new or existing products;


3


 

 
  •  Risks regarding the uncertainties surrounding our anticipated success of special alliances with various product partners;
 
  •  Risks that we may be unable to address and remediate any deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting and/or our disclosure controls;
 
  •  Risks that insufficient internal controls over financial reporting may cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, result in material misstatements in our financial statements, and negatively affect investor confidence;
 
  •  Risks that our efforts to implement plans to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could fail to be successful;
 
  •  Risks that we may be unable to obtain alternate suppliers of our component parts if our current suppliers are no longer available or cannot meet our future needs for such parts;
 
  •  Risks that our efforts to protect and defend our intellectual property rights will not be sufficient.
 
This list is only an example of the risks that may affect the forward-looking statements. If any of these risks or uncertainties materialize (or if they fail to materialize), or if the underlying assumptions are incorrect, then actual results may differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements.
 
Additional factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those reflected in the forward-looking statements include, without limitation, those discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance upon these forward-looking statements, which reflect our analysis, judgment, belief or expectation only as of the date of this Annual Report. We undertake no obligation to publicly revise these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that arise after the date of this Annual Report.
 
WHERE YOU MAY FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
Our Internet address is www.digrec.com. We make publicly available free of charge on our Internet website our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. Information contained on our website is not a part of this annual report on Form 10-K.
 
You may read and copy any materials the Company files with the Securities and Exchange Commission at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


4


 

INDEX
 
                 
       
Page No.
 
  Business   6
  Risk Factors   16
  Unresolved Staff Comments   23
  Properties   24
  Legal Proceedings   24
  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   25
 
  Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   25
  Selected Financial Data   28
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   28
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk   44
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   46
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   80
  Controls and Procedures   80
  Other Information   81
 
  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance   81
  Executive Compensation   81
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters   81
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence   81
  Principal Accounting Fees and Services   81
 
  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules   81
  87


5


 

 
PART I
 
Item 1.   Business
 
General
 
In this annual report on Form 10-K, we refer to Digital Recorders, Inc. as “DRI”, “Company”, “us”, “we” and “our.” DRI was incorporated in March 1983 and became a public company through an initial public offering in November 1994. DRI’s Common Stock, $.10 par value per share (“Common Stock”), trades on the NASDAQ Capital Market® under the symbol “TBUS” and on the Boston Stock Exchange under the symbol “TBUS.”
 
Through its business units and wholly owned subsidiaries, DRI designs, manufactures, sells, and services information technology and surveillance technology products either directly or through contractors. DRI currently operates within two major business segments: (1) the Transportation Communications Segment; and (2) the Law Enforcement and Surveillance Segment. We have provided a measure of profit or loss and total assets in our financial statements for each of these segments for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, 2005, and 2006.
 
Transportation Communications Segment
 
DRI’s Transportation Communications Segment produces passenger information communication products under the Talking Bus®, TwinVision®, VacTelltm and Mobitec® brand names, which are sold to transportation vehicle equipment customers worldwide.
 
The Talking Bus®, VacTelltm and TwinVision® brands are sold in the United States (“U.S.”) and Canada. Net sales in these two countries represent 47% of segment sales split 88% in the U.S. and 12% in Canada. Long-lived assets within the U.S. include 26% of all long-lived assets and are all owned by our U.S. businesses.
 
The Mobitec® brand, which represents 53% of segment sales, is sold in Sweden, Norway, Denmark, and Finland (“Nordic market”); and Germany, France, Poland, UK, Spain, Greece and Hungary (“European market”); as well as in South America and the Asian-Pacific and Middle-East markets. Long-lived assets within the Nordic market include 72% of all long-lived assets and are all owned by our business unit in Sweden; all other long-lived assets within the remaining markets account for less than two percent of the total long-lived assets.
 
Transportation Communications Segment customers generally fall into one of two broad categories: end-user customers or original equipment manufacturers (“OEM”). DRI’s end-user customers include municipalities; regional transportation districts; federal, state, and local departments of transportation; transit agencies; public, private, or commercial operators of vehicles; and rental car agencies. DRI’s OEM customers are the manufacturers of transportation vehicles. The relative percentage of sales to end-user customers compared to OEM customers varies widely and frequently from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year, and within products and product lines comprising DRI’s mix of total sales in any given period.
 
DRI’s Transportation Communications Segment is responsible for approximately 96% of DRI’s 2006 sales and consists of the following business unit and wholly owned subsidiaries.
 
U.S. Operations.  Three of our four domestic business units are included in our Transportation Communications Segment.
 
  •  Digital Recorders (“DR”), based in the Research Triangle Park area of North Carolina, was established in September 1983. Presently a business unit of DRI, DR products include: computer aided dispatch Global Positioning Satellite (“GPS”) tracking; automatic vehicle location (“AVL”) systems; VacTelltm video surveillance security systems; automatic vehicle monitoring (“AVM”) systems; and Talking Bus® automatic voice announcement systems. Some of these products feature security enhancement related functionality. DR’s customers include: transit operating agencies, commercial transportation vehicle operators, and manufacturers of those vehicles in the North American Free Trade Agreement (“NAFTA”) markets.
 
  •  TwinVision of North America, Inc. (“TVna”), a wholly owned subsidiary of DRI based in the Research Triangle Park area of North Carolina, was established by DRI in May 1996. TVna designs, manufactures, sells, and services electronic destination sign systems used on transit and transportation vehicles. Some of


6


 

  these products include security-enhancement related functionality. TVna’s customers include transit operating agencies, commercial transportation vehicle operators, and the manufacturers of those vehicles in the North American Free Trade Agreement (“NAFTA”) markets.
 
  •  RTI, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of DRI based in Dallas, Texas, was established in August 1994 and acquired by DRI in July 1998. With the acquisition of RTI, Inc., DRI also acquired TwinVision® business development and marketing capabilities, as well as an exclusive license to Lite Vision Corporation’s display technology. RTI, Inc. is a marketing consulting firm devoted to the public transit industry’s needs, primarily those of European-based businesses. RTI, Inc. presently generates no revenue.
 
International Operations.  In June 2001, we completed the acquisition of Mobitec AB, based in Göteborg, Sweden, as part of our strategy to grow the Company at an accelerated pace through both internal and external means. Mobitec AB is part of DRI-Europa AB, our corporate framework for international operations that also includes Mobitec GmbH, Mobitec Pty Ltd, and our 50% share of Mobitec Ltda. Together, these subsidiaries primarily serve the European, Nordic, Far Eastern, Middle Eastern, South American, Australian, and Asian-Pacific markets. The acquisition, which significantly expanded our geographical reach, had a purchase price of approximately $8.0 million paid in a combination of cash, Common Stock, Warrants, and seller financing.
 
  •  DRI-Europa AB, based in Göteborg, Sweden, is a wholly owned subsidiary of DRI that was established in February 2001 to serve as the umbrella organizational structure for DRI’s international operations at the time.
 
  •  Mobitec GmbH (formerly known as Transit-Media GmbH) was established in 1995 and acquired by DRI in April 1996. Following the acquisition of Mobitec GmbH in June 2001, Transit-Media GmbH was merged with Mobitec GmbH in January 2002 and the combined company became Transit Media-Mobitec GmbH (“TM-M”). In the fourth quarter of 2005, TM-M was renamed Mobitec GmbH. Mobitec GmbH, based in Ettlingen, Germany, is a wholly owned subsidiary of DRI-Europa AB. Mobitec GmbH primarily produces and sells and services Mobitec® products. Mobitec GmbH’s customers include transit operating agencies, commercial transportation vehicle operators, and the manufacturers of those vehicles in select European, Asian-Pacific, and Mid-Eastern markets.
 
  •  Mobitec AB, a wholly owned subsidiary of DRI-Europa AB and based in Göteborg, Sweden, was established in 1987 and acquired by DRI in June 2001 as part of the Mobitec AB acquisition. Based upon our internal market share calculations, we believe Mobitec AB holds the largest market share of electronic destination sign systems in the Nordic markets. In addition to serving the Nordic markets, Mobitec AB also has sales offices in Germany and Australia, as well as a 50% owned subsidiary in Brazil, Mobitec Brazil Ltda. Mobitec AB’s customers include: transit operating agencies, commercial transportation vehicle operators, and the manufacturers of those vehicles in the Nordic and select European markets.
 
  •  Mobitec Pty Ltd, a wholly owned subsidiary of Mobitec AB and based in Peakhurst NSW, Australia, was established in 2000 and acquired by DRI in June 2001 as part of the Mobitec AB acquisition. The company imports and sells Mobitec® electronic destination sign systems within the Asian-Pacific market. Based upon our internal market share calculations, we believe Mobitec Pty Ltd holds a majority market share in the Australian market.
 
  •  Mobitec Brazil Ltda, a 50% owned subsidiary of Mobitec AB and based in Caxias do Sul, Brazil, was established in 1996. Our 50% interest was acquired by DRI in June 2001 as part of the Mobitec AB acquisition. The company is engaged in manufacturing and selling electronic destination sign systems to OEM bus manufacturers primarily in South America. Its products are also shipped throughout Mexico, the Caribbean, and the Middle East. The remaining 50% of Mobitec Brazil Ltda is owned by the Company’s Brazilian Managing Director. Mobitec AB, through its representation on the board of directors, has controlling authority over Mobitec Brazil Ltda.
 
Law Enforcement and Surveillance Segment
 
DRI’s Law Enforcement and Surveillance Segment, which is responsible for approximately 4% of DRI’s 2006 sales, consists of Digital Audio Corporation (“DAC”), a wholly owned subsidiary of DRI based in the Research


7


 

Triangle Park area of North Carolina. Acquired in February 1995, DAC’s products include a line of digital audio filter systems, digital audio recorders and audio forensics equipment and technology. These products are used to improve the quality and intelligibility of both live and recorded voices. DAC serves U.S. federal, state and local law enforcement agencies and organizations, as well as some of their qualified and eligible counterparts abroad. DAC’s customers include: U.S. federal, state, and local law enforcement agencies or organizations; U.S. military and intelligence organizations; comparable national and regional agencies of foreign governments; and private and industrial security and investigation firms.
 
Industry and Market Overview
 
Transportation Communications Segment
 
The transportation communications passenger information communications market served by DRI’s Transportation Communications Segment developed because of several factors. In the past, that market was influenced by the Americans with Disabilities Act (“ADA”), the Clean Air Act, the Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act (“ISTEA”) and successor legislation, intelligent transportation systems initiatives, and the need to enhance fleet flexibility. The ADA initially accelerated the trend toward systems for automatic next-stop announcements by requiring that fixed-route transit systems announce major stops and transfer points to assist visually challenged passengers. However, a more fundamental and long-term impetus for the development of this market is the need to provide improved passenger information and customer services to operators and riders of public and private transit and transportation vehicles. DRI’s electronic destination sign systems and automatic voice announcement and vehicle locating systems provide transit systems’ customers with next stop, transfer point, route and destination information, vehicle location and operational condition information, and public service announcements, as well as security related functionality in certain instances. On the public side of this market, mass transit operating authorities can normally apply to the U.S. Federal Transit Administration (“FTA”) for grants covering up to approximately 80% of funding for certain equipment purchases with the remainder of product acquisition funding being provided by state and local sources. Privately funded users of DRI’s transit communications sector products include rental car shuttle vehicles and tourist vehicle operators.
 
In the U.S., the Transportation Equity Act for the 21st Century (“TEA-21”) was a $41 billion, six-year federal funding initiative. TEA-21 expired in third quarter 2003 and was temporarily extended through a series of legislative Continuing Resolutions pending the anticipated enactment of new long-term authorizing legislation. U.S. public transportation operated for over two years with the uncertainties created by the Continuing Resolutions’ short-term extensions of TEA-21, which provided a substantial part of capital acquisition funding to transit agency customers serviced by the Company. On August 10, 2005, new legislation, the Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient, Transportation Equity Act — A Legacy for Users (“SAFETEA-LU”), was signed into law by President Bush and is the primary program funding the U.S. public surface transit market at the federal level. SAFETEA-LU promotes the development of modern, expanded, intermodal public transit systems nationwide and also designates a wide range of tools, services, and programs intended to increase the capacity of the nation’s mobility systems. SAFETEA-LU guarantees a record level $52.6 billion in funding for public transportation through fiscal year 2009, which, according to the American Public Transportation Association (“APTA”), represented a 45.3% increase over comparable funding in the prior legislation. Though federal funding was available during the period between the expiration of TEA-21 and the enactment of SAFETEA-LU, we believe the underlying longer-term funding uncertainties had been a source of significant market disruption. We believe elimination of the uncertainty that impacted the market during the period between the expiration of TEA-21 and the enactment of SAFETEA-LU and the record-high funding increases for transit have led to an upturn in the market for most of our products. We saw evidence of this in 2006 in increased sales of new bus vehicle manufacturer products, particularly those sold by TVna and of some products of DR where procurements were being derived primarily from those same manufacturers. Market conditions for engineered systems sold by DR, such as AVL, AVM, Security and Automatic Passenger Counting Systems were significantly less improved and, extending into early 2007, remain such. We believe this is attributable to the unique nature of the various mechanisms related to federal funding in the market and, if so, we believe the engineered systems related part of our business should improve, although at a rate notably slower than that of new bus vehicle manufacturer related products.


8


 

 
While as much as 80% of certain major capital expenditures can be funded federally in most instances, U.S. federal funding within DRI’s Transportation Communications Segment accounts for less than 20% of all funding in the U.S. market. The remainder comes from a combination of state and local public funds and passenger fare revenues. However, even though the federal funding is a relatively low share of the total, its presence, absence or uncertainty, in our opinion, has a far larger impact on the market than the 20% might imply. Funding for markets outside of the U.S. comes from a variety of sources. These sources vary widely from region-to-region and from period-to-period but include combinations of local, regional, municipal, federal, and private entities or funding mechanisms.
 
The automatic voice announcement systems market served by DRI’s DR business unit emerged primarily because of ADA legislation. DR was among the pioneers to develop automatic voice announcement technology including GPS tracking and triggering. DR’s Talking Bus® system met favorable acceptance in terms of concept, design, and technology, and was acknowledged to be ADA compliant. That regulatory-driven acceptance has now grown into a basic customer service consideration. We believe that about 40% of all new bus vehicles in North America contained automatic voice announcement systems in recent years. We expect this percentage to increase somewhat over the next several years as automatic voice announcement systems reduce cost, decrease maintenance costs and complexity, integrate to deliver other features and services, and become more distinctly perceived as a form of customer service. To date, DR has had minimal international sales. Management believes DR holds a significant U.S. market share in stand-alone (as opposed to similar functionality included in larger integrated information system installations) automatic voice announcement systems.
 
Enhancement and expansion of the automatic vehicle location (“AVL”) and automatic vehicle monitoring (“AVM”) capabilities of the DR-600 Talking Bus® system has enabled DRI to expand the market it serves to include fleet management (“Integrated Systems”) services for operators and users of transit vehicle systems. An outcome of this is the ability to provide more and better information to the users of transit systems by placing real-time current vehicle location information at passenger boarding locations and vehicle operating efficiency and vehicle health information at operational headquarters and other strategic locations. Additionally, this capability is emerging as a form of security risk mitigation for our customers with recent orders addressing such functionality. It is in this area of our business that we form alliances with others in order to enhance our market capability and access. Furthering security features and security related transit products, DR rolled out VacTelltm video actionable intelligence solutions in the latter part of 2005 and throughout 2006. VacTelltm combines well-established Digital Recorders® on- and off-vehicle location and monitoring products with advanced digital video recording and telecommunications technologies to deliver the ability to manage security events on a real-time basis.
 
The electronic destination sign system market served by TVna and Mobitec is highly competitive. Growth of this business is closely tied to overall market growth, increased market share, or technological advances. Virtually all transit buses in operation worldwide have some form of electronic destination sign system. Approximately 95% of those systems in the U.S. and 70% of those in major international markets are electronic. We believe that TVna holds a significant market share in the U.S., while Mobitec AB holds a majority market share in the Nordic market. Mobitec Pty Ltd and Mobitec Ltda hold significant market shares in Australia and South America, respectively. Mobitec GmbH holds a minor market share in Central Europe.
 
Law Enforcement and Surveillance Segment
 
DAC’s market consists of government organizations at the local, state, and federal level. DAC also markets its products in North America and several foreign countries including the United Kingdom, Australia, Germany, and Canada, directly and through a network of dealers. Typically, about 30% of DAC’s sales are to international customers. DAC’s digital audio filter and digital audio recorder technology reduces background noises that might otherwise make recorded voice signals unintelligible. Additionally, customers use DAC’s products in vibration, acoustic, and communications disciplines in commercial markets.


9


 

 
Key Competitors
 
Transportation Communications Segment
 
Most of the markets in which we participate are highly competitive and are subject to significant technological advances, as well as evolving industry and regulatory standards. We believe the principal competitive factors in all markets we serve include ease of use, after-sales service and support, price, the ability to integrate products with other technologies, maintaining leading edge technology, and responding to governmental regulation.
 
In DRI’s Transportation Communications Segment electronic destination sign systems market, management views Luminator Holding L.P., an operating unit of Mark IV Industries, Inc., as its principal competitor. Clever Devices Ltd. and Meister Electronics, LC, are two of DRI’s significant competitors in the domestic automatic voice announcement systems market. In the Integrated Systems market, management considers INIT GmbH, Siemens AG, and Orbital Sciences Corporation to be DRI’s most significant competitors. Numerous other competitors exist, particularly in the international markets, and most tend to serve discrete territories. Of the international competitors, those comprising the majority of competitive market shareholdings are: Meister, LLE, Luminator, Hanover Displays, Gorba, INIT, Siemens, and Orbital. All of these except Orbital, Luminator, and Hanover Displays are based in Central Europe. Hanover Displays is based in the United Kingdom with the majority market share there, as well as sales in selected regions of the continental European market. Orbital and Luminator are based in the U.S.
 
Law Enforcement and Surveillance Segment
 
DAC is a leader among participants in this industry. Few, if any, of the other participants are directly competitive across the entire DAC product line. Filtering products produced for the commercial sound industry are not specifically designed for forensic voice filtering. As a result, we do not believe companies manufacturing those products pose significant competition. Management recognizes Adaptive Digital Systems, Inc., REI®, and Intelligent Devices as key competitors that compete with similar technologies.
 
Products and Product Design
 
Transportation Communications Segment
 
DRI’s current transportation communications products include:
 
  •  DR600tm, a vehicle logic unit for buses that provides automatic vehicle monitoring, automatic vehicle location, and automatic vehicle schedule adherence communication systems and programs, generally including GPS triggering of product features;
 
  •  GPS tracking of vehicles;
 
  •  Talking Bus® next stop automatic voice announcement system and next stop internal signage;
 
  •  A Software Suite that provides modules for customized transit applications including computer-aided dispatch, automatic vehicle location, vehicle monitoring, wireless data exchange, and Central Recording Station;
 
  •  Transit Arrival Signs and software;
 
  •  Airport Shuttle Automatic Vehicle Location products and Arrival Signs;
 
  •  Integration of and with vehicle sub-systems including destination signs, fare collection, automatic passenger counters, engine controllers, transmission, multiplexer, etc.;
 
  •  TwinVision® all-LED (light-emitting diode) electronic destination sign systems;
 
  •  TwinVision® Chromatic Series family of color electronic destination sign systems;
 
  •  ELYSÉ® and Central Recording Station software;


10


 

 
  •  Mobitec® electronic destination sign systems; and
 
  •  VacTelltm video surveillance, recording and actionable intelligence products.
 
The DR systems enable voice-announced transit vehicle stops, GPS-based automatic vehicle location, automatic vehicle monitoring, and other passenger information, such as next stop, transfer point, route and destination information, and public service announcements. The vehicle locating and monitoring aspect of this product further provides security-related capabilities. These systems can be used in transit buses, light rail vehicles, trains, subway cars, people movers, monorails, airport vehicles and tour buses, as well as other private and commercial vehicles. Compliant with industry-recognized standards, the system uses an open architecture, computer-based microprocessor electronics system design including interoperability with third-party equipment. The open architecture design permits expansion to customer size requirements and integration with other electronic systems. Wireless 802.11x data exchange is available. This system, as well as all of DRI’s products, is designed to meet the severe operating demands of temperature, humidity, shock, vibration, and other environmental conditions found in typical transit applications.
 
DRI’s electronic destination sign system products, which are generally known by the TwinVision® and Mobitec® brand names, represent technologically advanced products pioneered by our RTI, Mobitec GmbH, TVna, and Mobitec AB subsidiaries. The product line includes various models covering essentially all popular applications. Where applicable, these products adhere to ADA requirements and function under industry-recognized standards. They each possess an open architecture, microprocessor-based design. In 2000, TVna and Mobitec GmbH introduced an all-LED, solid-state product. The all-LED product dominates sales of destination sign systems in North America, while the prior generation, mechanical “flip-dot” or “flip-dot/LED” products, accounts for a significant percentage of sales by DRI’s European subsidiaries. As the name implies, the “all-LED” product provides improved illumination and eliminates moving parts, thereby delivering better readability and lowered maintenance expenses.
 
In 2001, TVna and Mobitec GmbH introduced the TwinVision® Chromatic Series, including TwinVision Chroma I and TwinVision® Chroma IV, which offers DRI’s customers greater color “route identification” flexibility and message display options for electronic destination signage. These products incorporate colorized route capabilities while retaining electronic destination sign system message display advantages for the color-vision impaired.
 
Message programming for all electronic destination sign system products is accomplished via proprietary ELYSÉ® software developed by Mobitec GmbH and refined by TVna, or similar companion software developed by Mobitec AB. Programming is accomplished through such as PCMCIA memory card download and wireless capabilities.
 
In January 2001, DR entered into a license agreement with the University of Washington to use certain technology developed by the Intelligent Transportation Systems Research program at the University under the names “BusView” and “MyBus.” The technology, some of which we have integrated with the Talking Bus® system, enables transit system users to access information via the Internet, such as schedule data, about the vehicle they wish to board. This technology, combined with DRI’s internal developments, is helping extend DRI’s product offerings into automatic vehicle location, fleet management, automatic vehicle monitoring, and off-vehicle passenger information markets and security.
 
Law Enforcement and Surveillance Segment
 
DAC designs, manufactures, markets, sells, and services a line of digital signal processing instruments and digital recording machines to law enforcement agencies and intelligence gathering organizations worldwide. Humming sounds, room noises, acoustic resonance, muffling, background music, street traffic, radio and television sounds, and other noises often obscure such recordings. DAC products enhance the clarity of the recordings through a sequence of highly specialized adaptive audio filters. Additionally, in a similar process, DAC products can be used in live, real-time applications. DAC products have major computational power with the typical digital filter employing multiple microprocessor devices.


11


 

 
DAC manufactures and sells the following key products:
 
  •  CARDINAL, a comprehensive laboratory forensic audio processing and analysis system;
 
  •  PCAP II Plus, a comprehensive, real-time audio noise reduction system suitable for both laboratory and tactical purposes;
 
  •  QuickEnhance® /AS, a simplified forensic audio software plug-in, designed to integrate with the Avid Media Composer® Adrenalinetm and dTectivetm forensic video system produced by Avid Technology, Inc. and Ocean Systems, respectively;
 
  •  QuickEnhance® QE-1500, a simplified audio noise reduction portable field kit, optimized for tactical purposes;
 
  •  MicroDAC, a real-time reference-canceling noise reduction processor, designed specifically for live monitoring applications; and
 
  •  SSABR®, a state-of-the-art, covert, solid-state digital audio recorder.
 
Department of Homeland Security
 
The U.S. Government has established the Department of Homeland Security as the nation focuses on improving its capacity to deal with terrorist and other security threats. We believe this centralized federal focus will eventually increase funding for security-related products and services such as those produced by the Company.
 
Marketing and Sales Organization
 
DRI’s products are marketed by in-house sales and marketing personnel or through commissioned independent sales representatives, as appropriate for each business unit and market segment. Marketing and sales activities include database marketing; selective advertising; direct contact selling; publication of customer newsletters; participation in trade shows and industry conventions; and cooperative activities with systems integrators and alliance partners on a selective basis. Additionally, DAC utilizes specialized continuing education programs to ensure end-users have multiple opportunities to learn about DAC’s technology and, through hands-on instruction, fully comprehend how to operate DAC’s products. These student-paid continuing education programs generate little revenue themselves, but are, instead, used as a marketing tool.
 
Management regularly evaluates alternative methods of promoting and marketing DRI’s products and services. Web site and Internet-based marketing techniques currently serve to assist marketing and sales efforts, but the custom-specification, request-for-quote nature of DRI’s markets does not yet lend itself to full-scale, Internet-driven marketing and sales efforts.
 
Customers
 
Though we had no major customers (defined as those customers to which we made sales greater than 10% of DRI’s total sales) in 2006, we continue to generate a significant portion of our sales from a relatively small number of key customers. These key customers, the composition of which may vary from year to year, are primarily transit bus original equipment manufacturers. In 2006, three customers accounted for 19.2% of sales. In 2005, three customers accounted for 22.8% of sales. In 2004, two major customers accounted for 22.9% of sales. We sell our products to a limited set of customers and can experience significant concentration of revenue with related credit risk. Loss of one or more of these key customers could have an adverse material impact on the Company.
 
Seasonality and Fluctuation in Results
 
DRI’s sales are not generally “seasonal” in nature. However, a significant portion of sales for each product line is made, either directly or indirectly, to government or publicly funded entities. In addition, many sales to transit original equipment manufacturers are themselves related to sales by those manufacturers to government or publicly funded entities. In general, due to budgetary and funding availability considerations, government purchasing sometimes increases during the last quarter of DRI’s fiscal year. In the U.S., the federal government and many state


12


 

and local governments operate on an October to September fiscal year. Several key international government customers operate on an April to March fiscal year. In addition, government agencies occasionally have a tendency to purchase infrequently and in large quantities, creating uneven demand cycles throughout the year. These cycles generate periods of little order activity as well as periods of intense order activity. This fluctuation in ordering tends to make sales patterns uneven and make it difficult to forecast quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year results.
 
Sales to DRI customers in both the Transportation Communications Segment and the Law Enforcement and Surveillance segments are characterized by relatively larger contracts and lengthy sales cycles that generally extend for a period of two months to 24 months. The majority of sales of the Company’s products and services are recognized upon physical shipment of products and completion of the service, provided all accounting criteria for recognition have been met. Sales and revenues for projects involving multiple elements (i.e., products, services, installation and other services) are recognized under specific accounting criteria based on the products and services delivered to the customer and the customer’s acceptance of such products and services. Sales and revenues from more complex or time-spanning projects within which there are multiple deliverables including products, services, and software are recognized based upon the facts and circumstances unique to each project. This generally involves recognizing sales and revenue over the life of the project based upon (1) meeting specific delivery or performance criteria, or (2) the percentage of project completion achieved in each accounting period.
 
DRI’s sales tend to be made pursuant to larger contracts, contemplating deliveries over months or years. Purchases by a majority of DRI’s customers are dependent, directly or indirectly, on federal, state, and local funding, for both law enforcement activities and public transportation. Law enforcement agencies are the principal customers for DRI’s audio products, while manufacturers of transportation equipment, who, in turn, sell to agencies or entities dependent on government funding, are the principal customers for DRI’s transportation products. Government funding tends to vary significantly from year to year and quarter to quarter. In addition, our contract and governmental business generally involves a longer lead-time than might be the case in the private sector. Further, governmental type purchasers generally are required to make acquisitions through a public bidding process. The fact that much of DRI’s sales are derived from relatively large contracts with a small number of customers can result in fluctuations in DRI’s sales and, thus, operating results, from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year.
 
Due to DRI’s business dealings in foreign countries, the Company may experience foreign currency transaction gains and losses in relation to the changes in functional currency, which can result in variances from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year.
 
Backlog
 
DRI’s backlog as of December 31, 2006, was $8.4 million compared to $6.9 million as of December 31, 2005, and $6.3 million as of December 31, 2004. Fluctuations in backlog can occur and generally are due to: (1) timing of the receipt of orders; (2) order cycle fluctuations arising from the factors described under the heading “Seasonality, Fluctuations in Results”; and (3) relatively fewer long-term orders in the marketplace. DRI currently anticipates that it will deliver all, or substantially all, of the backlog as of December 31, 2006, during the fiscal year 2007.
 
Research and Development
 
DRI is committed to the continued technological enhancement of all its products and to the development or acquisition of products having advanced technological features. However, continued development of any individual product is dependent upon product acceptance in the market place. DRI’s objective is to develop products that are considered high quality, technologically advanced, cost competitive, and capable of capturing a significant share of the applicable market. Product development based upon advanced technologies is one of the primary means by which management differentiates DRI from its competitors.
 
Management anticipates that technological enhancements to the Talking Bus® automatic voice announcement system, VacTelltm video surveillance security products, and TwinVision® and Mobitec® electronic destination sign system products will continue in the future. Such technological enhancements are designed to enhance DRI’s ability to integrate these products with other technologies, reduce unit cost of production, capture market share and advance the state-of-the-art technologies in DRI’s ongoing efforts to improve profit margins. The enhancements


13


 

should increase available marketable product features as well as aid in increasing market share and market penetration. In addition to enhancing existing products, DRI generally has new generations of products under various stages of development.
 
History of Research and Development — Product Pioneer
 
In 1996 and 1997, Mobitec GmbH and TVna, respectively, introduced a new generation display element through the TwinVision® LeDot® electronic destination sign system. The new products combined known and proven benefits of LED technology with improved electromagnetic flip-dot elements to enhance product performance. These enhancements improved distance readability and reduced maintenance costs. This development, under a product display technology licensed from Lite Vision Corporation, virtually changed the entire electronic destination sign system industry and quickly became an industry standard. That generation of product has subsequently been substantially replaced with other technological advances as noted herein.
 
In 2000, TVna again led an industry technology change with the widespread introduction in the U.S. of a commercially viable, low-energy, high-contrast, all-LED display element that eliminated the mechanical, moving flip-dot typically used in prior generations of electronic destination sign systems.
 
In 2001, TVna introduced the TwinVision® Chromatic Series, including TwinVision® Chroma I and TwinVision® Chroma IV. These products offer customers greater color flexibility in message display options for destination signage. They incorporate colorized message display capabilities while retaining electronic destination sign system message display advantages for the color-vision impaired.
 
Continuing technology leadership in the DR business unit, which was a pioneer in GPS based voice annunciation, we further enhanced the DR product to expand functionality. Our main research and development projects in 2003-2006 related to the DR business unit centered on the DR600tm vehicle logic unit for bus automatic vehicle monitoring, automatic vehicle location and automatic vehicle schedule adherence communication systems and programs, VacTelltm video actionable intelligence products, and DAC’s next generation system for digital signal processing products.
 
Research and development activities continued in all business segments during 2006. Research and development expenses were $1.5 million in 2006, $1.6 million in 2005, and $1.9 million in 2004. These expenditures represented 2.9, 3.6, and 4.0% of sales in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. During 2006, as in prior years, certain engineering personnel were used in the development of software that met the capitalization criteria of SFAS No. 86, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed.” Approximately $201,000 of costs in 2006 were capitalized as an asset to be amortized as the expected sales of the developed software are realized. This compares to capitalization of $1.0 million for such costs for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004.
 
Because we believe technological advances are necessary to maintain and improve product lines and, thus, market position, we expect to continue to invest a significant amount of capital, as a percentage of sales, on research and development for the near future. Due to our research and development spending, we may experience fluctuations in operating results since costs may be incurred in periods prior to the related or resulting sales.
 
Manufacturing Operations
 
Transportation Communications Segment
 
Our principal suppliers for the DR business unit for most of fiscal year 2006 are ISO 9002 certified contract-manufacturing firms that produce DR-designed equipment. DR and TVna also perform part of their assembly work in-house. Prior to 2005, we were solely dependent on one contract manufacturer to provide the majority of our products for our DR business unit; however, beginning in 2005, we began sourcing major components and services to additional suppliers. In keeping with this policy, we plan to continue to execute contracts with other suppliers to perform some of the services provided by current suppliers.


14


 

 
TVna purchases display components and assemblies for electronic destination sign systems from multiple companies in the U.S., Europe, and Asia. We generally assemble these products, and some related subassemblies, in-house. Domestic production is compliant with “Buy-America” regulations.
 
Mobitec AB produces the majority of the products it sells, as well as products for sales of Mobitec GmbH and Mobitec Pty, in Herrljunga, Sweden. It purchases raw materials, components and assembles primarily from suppliers located in the Nordic, Asian and European markets.
 
Mobitec Brazil Ltda produces its products in Caxias do Sul, Brazil. It purchases raw materials, components and assemblies from companies in Europe, LEDs from DRI’s TVna subsidiary, and the remainder primarily from various local suppliers in Brazil.
 
Law Enforcement and Surveillance Segment
 
DAC primarily buys component parts and assembles its products internally. Printed circuit board components and enclosures are purchased from well-established vendors and local suppliers. DAC typically works with ISO-certified suppliers.
 
Other than described herein, we believe alternative suppliers would be readily available for all raw materials and components for each of our businesses.
 
Customer Service
 
We believe our commitment to customer service has enhanced the customer’s opinion of DRI compared to our competitors. Our plan is to continue defining and refining as a sustainable competitive advantage our service-oriented organization.
 
Proprietary Rights
 
We currently own two design patents and have a combination of copyrights, alliances, trade secrets, nondisclosure agreements, and licensing agreements to establish and protect our ownership of, and access to, proprietary and intellectual property rights. Our attempts to keep the results of our research and development efforts proprietary may not be sufficient to prevent others from using some or all of such information or technology. By “designing around” our intellectual property rights, our competitors may be able to offer similar functionality provided by our products without violating our intellectual property rights. We or our business units have registered our DAC®, Digital Recorders®, Talking Bus®, TwinVision®, VacTelltm, Mobitec® trademarks, logos, slogans, taglines, and trade names with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and, where appropriate, abroad.
 
We intend to pursue new patents and other intellectual property rights protection methods covering technology and developments on an on-going basis. We also intend to use best efforts to maintain the integrity of our service marks, trade names and trademarks, and other proprietary names and protect them from unauthorized use, infringement, and unfair competition.
 
Employees
 
As of December 31, 2006, DRI employed 198 people, of which 102 were employed domestically and 96 were employed internationally. Of the 102 domestic employees, five were employed in our Dallas administrative office and 97 were employed in our North Carolina operations. Of the 96 international employees, 45 were employed in Sweden, 12 were employed in Germany, and 39 were employed in other countries. DRI employees were deployed as follows: 97 in operations; 23 in engineering; 42 in sales and marketing; and 36 in administrative functions. Although European subsidiaries include some limited work-place agreements, DRI employees are not covered by any collective bargaining agreements and management believes its employee relations are good. We believe future success will depend, in part, on our continued ability to attract, hire, and retain qualified personnel.


15


 

 
Item 1A.   Risk Factors
 
Many of the risks discussed below have affected our business in the past, and many are likely to continue to do so. These risks may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results or cash flows, or the market price of our Common Stock.
 
Risks Related to Indebtedness, Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
There is substantial doubt concerning our ability to continue as a going concern.  The financial statements contained in this Annual Report have been prepared assuming we will continue as a going concern. However, substantial doubt exists concerning our ability to do so. The auditor’s opinion to our financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006 notes the fact that we have incurred substantial losses to date and have, as of December 31, 2006, an accumulated deficit of $22.4 million. We have incurred losses in almost every fiscal year since we have been a public company. Our net loss applicable to common shareholders was $4.2 million in 2006, $6.5 million in 2005, and $3.5 million in 2004. The Company expects to incur additional losses for the first quarter of 2007. Management recognizes that under current conditions our current cash on hand and expected short term revenues from operations will not be adequate to fund our current operations. Currently, we are managing our cash accounts on a day-to-day basis and have deferred payments on trade payables which are otherwise due to vendors that supply component parts critical to producing the products we sell to our customers. Further deferrals of payments to these critical vendors could result in one or more of these vendors placing us on credit hold and not making further shipments to us until we have paid past due amounts. If this occurs and we are unable to cause such vendors to resume shipments before our on-hand inventory of those components is exhausted, we may be unable to fulfill customer orders for our products. The failure to meet customer orders in a timely fashion could cause us to lose customers or cause our customers to reduce their orders for our products. In either event, this could substantially reduce our revenues and exacerbate our liquidity challenges. We may not be able to pay our debts as they become due in the future, including our debts to suppliers and other trade payables which could cause such creditors to discontinue their extensions of credit to us. Our primary source of liquidity and capital resources has been from financing activities, and we can offer no assurances that we will be able to obtain the additional financing that will be necessary in order to continue our operations on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. In addition to further efforts to secure access to additional working capital, we also believe that cost containment and expense reductions are essential if we are to continue our current operations, but we cannot assure you that we will be able to achieve sufficient cost reductions to allow us to do so. If we are unable to increase our revenues while reducing our costs, or if we are unable to obtain additional needed financing, we may be required to cease operations altogether. These circumstances raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments related to the recoverability and classification of asset carrying amounts or the amount and classification of liabilities that might result should we be unable to continue as a going concern.
 
We may be unable to make payment on a $1.6 million promissory note which is due and payable on April 28, 2007.  Our U.S. companies have guaranteed a note payable by the Company with an outstanding principal balance of $1.6 million that is due April 28, 2007. The Company has the option to extend up to $500,000 of the principal amount due under the note to April 30, 2008. At December 31, 2006, remaining borrowing availability under our U.S. line of credit was $820,000. Any remaining availability under the U.S. line of credit when the note becomes due could be applied toward repayment of the note payable on April 28, 2007. However, we can give no assurances that the borrowing availability on the U.S. line of credit together with any other cash we are able to access at that time, if any, will be sufficient to make payment in full on the note payable or to make payment sufficient to exercise our option to extend the note. If we are unable to make payment in full or make payment sufficient to exercise our option to extend the note, we would be forced to obtain additional financing from a different lender or source. However, we can give no assurances that we will be able to obtain financing from another lender or source on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. In such case, an event of default would occur. The U.S. line of credit has an outstanding balance of $4.4 million as of December 31, 2006. The note payable and U.S. line of credit are covered by a master security agreement with the same lender. Pursuant to terms of the master security agreement, an event of default on the note payable would cause an event of default on the U.S. line of credit and the current lender could cause all outstanding balances on the U.S. line of credit to become due and payable on April 28, 2007 as well. Any or all of these circumstances could require that we cease operations altogether.


16


 

 
Our substantial debt could adversely affect our financial position, operations and ability to grow.  As of December 31, 2006, our total debt of approximately $9.5 million consisted of long-term debt in the amount of $258,000, most of which is classified as current, and short-term debt of $9.2 million. Included in the long-term debt is $250,000 outstanding under an 8.0% convertible debenture held by a shareholder and director payable in full August 26, 2009. Included in the short-term debt is $7.6 million under our domestic and European revolving credit facilities and $1.6 million under a promissory note due and payable on April 28, 2007. Our domestic revolving credit facility, with an outstanding balance of $4.4 million as of December 31, 2006, is payable in full on June 30, 2008. Our European revolving credit facilities have outstanding balances of $2.6 million as of December 31, 2006 under agreements with a Swedish bank with expiration dates of March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2007 and an outstanding balance of $636,000 as of December 31, 2006 under an agreement with a German bank with an open-ended term. On or before the expiration dates, the Company expects to renew the credit agreements with the Swedish bank with agreements substantially similar in terms and conditions. Our substantial indebtedness could have adverse consequences in the future. For example, it could:
 
  •  require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, which would reduce amounts available for working capital, capital expenditures, research and development and other general corporate purposes;
 
  •  limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate;
 
  •  increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
  •  place us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors that may have less debt than we do;
 
  •  make it more difficult for us to obtain additional financing that may be necessary in connection with our business;
 
  •  make it more difficult for us to implement our business and growth strategies; and
 
  •  cause us to have to pay higher interest rates on future borrowings.
 
Some of our debt bears interest at variable rates.  If interest rates increase, or if we incur additional debt, the potential adverse consequences, including those described above, may be intensified. If our cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay planned expansion and capital expenditures, sell assets, obtain additional equity financing or restructure our debt. Some of our existing credit facilities contain covenants that, among other things, limit our ability to incur additional debt.
 
Future cash requirements or restrictions on cash could adversely affect our financial position, and an event of default under our outstanding debt instruments could impair our ability to conduct business operations.  The following items, among others, could require unexpected future cash payments, limit our ability to generate cash or restrict our use of cash:
 
  •  triggering of certain payment obligations, or acceleration of payment obligations, under our revolving credit facilities or our outstanding convertible debentures;
 
  •  triggering of redemption obligations under our outstanding convertible debentures;
 
  •  costs associated with unanticipated litigation relating to our intellectual property or other matters;
 
  •  taxes due upon the transfer of cash held in foreign locations; and
 
  •  taxes assessed by local authorities where we conduct business.
 
In the event we are unable to avoid an event of default under one or more of our existing credit facilities, it may be necessary or advisable to retire and terminate one or more of the facilities and pay all remaining balances borrowed. Any such payment would further limit our available cash and cash equivalents. Furthermore, it is unlikely we would have adequate resources available when necessary to avoid an event of default or if we do not have adequate time to retire the credit facilities. The consequences of an event of default under one or more of our credit facilities or other debt instruments may prevent us from continuing normal business operations.


17


 

 
The above cash requirements or restrictions could lead to an inadequate level of cash for operations or for capital requirements, which could have a material negative impact on our financial position and significantly harm our ability to operate the business.
 
Our operating results may continue to fluctuate.  Our operating results may fluctuate from period to period and period over period depending upon numerous factors, including: (1) customer demand and market acceptance of our products and solutions; (2) new product introductions; (3) variations in product mix; (4) delivery due-date changes; and (5) other factors.
 
We operate in a market characterized by long and occasionally erratic sales cycles. The time from first contact to order delivery may be a period of two years or longer in certain instances. Delivery schedules, as first established with the customer in this long cycle may change with little or no advance notice as the original delivery schedule draws near. Our business is sensitive to the spending patterns and funding of our customers, which, in turn, are subject to prevailing economic and governmental funding conditions and other factors beyond our control. Moreover, we derive sales primarily from significant orders from a limited number of customers. For that reason, a delay in delivery of our products in connection with a single order may significantly affect the timing of our recognition of sales between periods. Moreover, sales lost due to the cancellation of, or our inability to fill, an order in one period may not be necessarily made up by sales in any future period.
 
Risks Related to Our Operations and Product Development
 
A significant portion of our sales is derived from sales to a small number of customers. If we are not able to obtain new customers or repeat business from existing customers, our business could be seriously harmed.  We sell our products to a limited and largely fixed set of customers and potential customers. In our transportation communications segment, we sell primarily to original equipment manufacturers and to end users such as municipalities, regional transportation districts, transit agencies, federal, state and local departments of transportation, and rental car agencies. The identity of the customers who generate the most significant portions of our sales may vary from year to year. In 2006, three customers accounted for 19.2% of our net sales, compared to three customers accounting for 22.8% of our net sales in 2005 and two major customers accounting for 22.9% in 2004. If any of our major customers stopped purchasing products from us, and we were not able to obtain new customers to replace the lost business, our business and financial condition would be materially adversely affected. Many factors affect whether customers reduce or delay their investments in products such as those we offer, including decisions regarding spending levels and general economic conditions in the countries and specific markets where the customers are located.
 
We depend on third parties to supply components we need to produce our products.  Our products and solutions are dependent upon the availability of quality components that are procured from third-party suppliers. Reliance upon suppliers, as well as industry supply conditions, generally involves several risks, including the possibility of defective parts (which can adversely affect the reliability and reputation of our products), a shortage of components and reduced control over delivery schedules (which can adversely affect our manufacturing efficiencies) and increases in component costs (which can adversely affect our profitability). As an example, in 2006, our European subsidiaries experienced shortages in the supply of aluminum extrusion materials, which are key components in our destination sign manufacturing process. This shortage, combined with other delivery planning difficulties, caused fulfillment and delivery of certain customer orders in our European market to be delayed. We have substantially resolved this issue, but cannot be certain it will not occur in the future, and to the extent it does occur, may result in lost sales opportunities in Europe, which may in turn have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
We have some single-sourced supplier relationships, because either alternative sources are not readily or economically available or the relationship is advantageous due to performance, quality, support, delivery, and capacity or price considerations. If these sources are unable to provide timely and reliable supply, we could experience manufacturing interruptions, delays, or inefficiencies, adversely affecting our results of operations. Even where alternative sources of supply are available, qualification of the alternative suppliers and establishment of reliable supplies could result in delays and a possible loss of sales, which could adversely affect operating results.


18


 

 
Many of our customers rely, to some extent, on government funding, and that subjects us to risks associated with governmental budgeting and authorization processes.  A majority of our sales address end customers having some degree of national, federal, regional, state, or local governmental-entity funding. These governmental-entity funding mechanisms are beyond our control and often are difficult to predict. Further, general budgetary authorizations and allocations for state, local, and federal agencies can change for a variety of reasons, including general economic conditions, and have a material adverse effect on us. For example, the TEA-21 legislation under which the funding for our transportation products business segment domestic sales are derived was subject to reauthorization in 2003, but was not replaced with new legislation, SAFETEA-LU, until August, 2005. In the interim period, federal funding was only available through short-term extensions of TEA-21. Underlying longer term funding uncertainties contribute to significant market disruption.
 
In addition to federal funding to the public transit side of our domestic market, a majority of our customers rely on state and local funding. These tend to be affected by general economic conditions. For example, some transit operating authorities reduced service in 2004, 2005 and 2006 in response to the slow economy and uncertainties on the reauthorization of SAFETEA-LU. This can have a depressing effect on sales of our products. It is not possible to precisely quantify or forecast this type of impact. Any unfavorable change in any of these factors and considerations could have a material adverse effect upon us.
 
We must continually improve our technology to remain competitive.  Our industry is characterized by, and our business strategy is substantially based upon, continuing improvement in technology. This results in frequent introduction of new products, short product life cycles, and continual change in product price/performance characteristics. We must develop new technologies in our products and solutions in order to remain competitive. We cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to achieve or sustain the technological leadership that is necessary for success in our industry. In addition, our competitors may develop new technologies that give them a competitive advantage, and we may not be able to develop or obtain a right to use those or equal technologies at a reasonable cost, if at all, or to develop alternative solutions that enable us to compete effectively. A failure on our part to manage effectively the transitions of our product lines to new technologies on a timely basis could have a material adverse effect upon us. In addition, our business depends upon technology trends in our customers’ businesses. To the extent that we do not anticipate or address these technological changes, our business may be adversely impacted.
 
We operate in several international locations and, in one case, with less than full ownership control.  Not all countries embrace the full scope of the regulatory requirements placed on U.S. public companies. Operating under those inhibiting circumstances can make it difficult to assure that all of our internal controls are being followed as we would expect and detection of non-compliance may not be as timely as desired.
 
We cannot assure you that any new products we develop will be accepted by customers.  Even if we are able to continue to enhance our technology and offer improved products and solutions, we cannot assure you we will be able to deliver commercial quantities of new products in a timely manner or that our products will achieve market acceptance. Further, it is necessary for our products to adhere to generally accepted and frequently changing industry standards, which are subject to change in ways that are beyond our control.
 
Risks Related to Human Resources and Employee Relations
 
We may not be able to recruit or retain a qualified workforce.  Our success depends in large part upon our ability to attract, motivate and retain an effective management team, qualified engineering staff and a reliable workforce. Qualified personnel to fill these positions is in short supply from time to time. An inability to recruit and retain qualified individuals could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.
 
Certain of our products contain technologies that must be developed and enhanced to meet the needs of our customers in securing, completing and fulfilling orders. This requires us to recruit and retain an engineering staff with the skills and experience necessary to develop and enhance the technologies specific to our products. Because of this technology-specific requirement, we may occasionally experience difficulties in recruiting qualified engineers. Our inability to recruit or retain qualified engineering resources may limit the number of revenue-generating projects we have in process at any one time and in turn may limit or prevent the expansion of our present operations.


19


 

 
Competition for qualified employees requires us to continually assess our compensation structure. Competition for qualified employees could require higher wages, resulting in higher labor cost. In addition, various types of employment related claims may arise from time to time. An adverse ruling in such instances could have a negative impact on our financial condition.
 
Risks Related to Our International Operations
 
There are numerous risks associated with international operations, which represent a significant part of our business.  Our international operations generated approximately 50% of our sales in 2006. Our sales outside the United States were primarily in Europe (particularly the Nordic countries), South America, the Middle East, and Australia. The success and profitability of international operations are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, such as economic and labor conditions, political instability, tax laws (including U.S. taxes upon foreign subsidiaries), and changes in the value of the U.S. dollar versus the local currency in which products are sold. Any unfavorable change in one or more of these factors could have a material adverse effect upon us.
 
Complying with foreign tax laws can be complicated, and we may incur unexpected tax obligations in some jurisdictions.  We maintain cash deposits in foreign locations and many countries impose taxes or fees upon removal from the country of cash earned in that country. While we believe our tax positions in the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate are proper and fully defensible, tax authorities in those jurisdictions may nevertheless assess taxes and render judgments against us. In such an event, we could be required to make unexpected cash payments in satisfaction of such assessments or judgments or incur additional expenses to defend our position. As described in Note 20 in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s Brazilian subsidiary was assessed $1.5 million in Industrialized Products Taxes, a form of federal value-added tax in Brazil, and related penalties and fines in 2006. The assessment was the result of an audit performed by Brazil’s Federal Revenue Service in 2006 and varying interpretations of Brazil’s complex tax law by the FRS and the Company.
 
Risks Related to Internal Controls
 
Required reporting on internal control over financial reporting.  In accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we will be required to deliver our initial report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting in connection with our annual report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2007. We are in the process of implementing our plan for complying with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. These efforts could fail to be successful, which, in turn could cause investors to lose confidence in our internal control environment.
 
Risks Related to Intellectual Property
 
We may not be able to defend successfully against claims of infringement against the intellectual property rights of others, and such defense could be costly.  Third parties, including our competitors, individual inventors or others, may have patents or other proprietary rights that may cover technologies that are relevant to our business. Claims of infringement have been asserted against us in the past. Even if we believe a claim asserted against us is not valid, defending against the claim may be costly. Intellectual property litigation can be complex, protracted, and highly disruptive to business operations by diverting the attention and energies of management and key technical personnel. Further, plaintiffs in intellectual property cases often seek injunctive relief and the measures of damages in intellectual property litigation are complex and often subjective or uncertain. In some cases, we may decide that it is not economically feasible to pursue a vigorous and protracted defense and decide, instead, to negotiate licenses or cross-licenses authorizing us to use a third party’s technology in our products or to abandon a product. If we are unable to defend successfully against litigation of this type, or to obtain and maintain licenses on favorable terms, we could be prevented from manufacturing or selling our products, which would cause severe disruptions to our operations. For these reasons, intellectual property litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition.


20


 

 
Risks Related to Our Equity Securities and Convertible Debentures
 
The public market for our Common Stock may be volatile, especially since market prices for technology stocks often have been unrelated to operating performance.  We cannot assure you that an active trading market will be sustained or that the market price of our Common Stock will not decline. The market price of our Common Stock is likely to continue to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to factors such as:
 
  •  Actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly operating results;
 
  •  Historical and anticipated operating results;
 
  •  Announcements of new product or service offerings;
 
  •  Technological innovations;
 
  •  Competitive developments in the public transit industry;
 
  •  Changes in financial estimates by securities analysts;
 
  •  Conditions and trends in the public transit industry;
 
  •  Funding initiatives and other legislative developments affecting the transit industry;
 
  •  Adoption of new accounting standards affecting the technology industry or the public transit industry; and
 
  •  General market and economic conditions and other factors.
 
Further, the stock markets, and particularly the NASDAQ Capital Market, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have particularly affected the market prices of equity securities of many technology companies and have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of such companies. These broad market factors have and may continue to adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock. In addition, general economic, political and market conditions, such as recessions, interest rate variations, international currency fluctuations, terrorist acts, military actions or war, may adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock.
 
Our preferred stock and convertible debentures have preferential rights over our Common Stock.  We currently have outstanding shares of Series AAA Redeemable, Nonvoting, Convertible Preferred Stock, Series E Redeemable, Nonvoting, Convertible Preferred Stock, Series G Redeemable, Convertible Preferred Stock, Series H Redeemable, Convertible Preferred Stock, and Series I Redeemable, Convertible Preferred Stock as well as certain eight percent (8.0%) convertible debentures, all of which have rights in preference to holders of our Common Stock in connection with any liquidation of the Company. The aggregate liquidation preference is $890,000 for the Series AAA Preferred, $915,000 for the Series E Preferred, $1.9 million for the Series G Preferred, $270,000 for the Series H Preferred, and $520,000 for the Series I Preferred, in each case plus accrued but unpaid dividends, and the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding eight percent (8.0%) convertible debentures is $250,000. Holders of the Series AAA Preferred, Series E Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series H Preferred, and Series I Preferred are entitled to receive cumulative quarterly dividends at the rate of five percent (5.0%) per annum, seven percent (7.0%) per annum, eight percent (8.0%) per annum, eight percent (8.0%) per annum, and six percent (6.0%) per annum, respectively, on the liquidation value of those shares. Dividends on the Series G Preferred are payable in kind in additional shares of Series G Preferred and dividends on the Series H Preferred are payable in kind in additional shares of Series H Preferred. Dividends on the Series I Preferred are payable in kind in additional shares of Series I Preferred or in cash, at the option of the holder. The purchase agreements, pursuant to which we issued our outstanding eight percent (8.0%) convertible debentures, as well as our domestic senior credit facility, prohibit the payment of dividends to holders of our Common Stock. The holders of the debentures have the right to require us to redeem the debentures upon the occurrence of certain events, including certain changes in control of the Company or our failure to continue to have our stock listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market or another stock exchange. In such an event, the holders would have the right to require us to redeem the debentures for an amount equal to the principal amount plus an 18% annual yield on the principal amount through the date of redemption, and we might not have the ability to make the required redemption payments. The preferential rights of the holders of our convertible


21


 

debentures and preferred stock could substantially limit the amount, if any, that the holders of our Common Stock would receive upon any liquidation of the Company.
 
Risks Related to Anti-Takeover Provisions
 
Our articles of incorporation, bylaws and North Carolina law contain provisions that may make takeovers more difficult or limit the price third parties are willing to pay for our stock.  Our articles of incorporation authorize the issuance of shares of “blank check” preferred stock, which would have the designations, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the board of directors. Accordingly, the board of directors is empowered, without shareholder approval (but subject to applicable regulatory restrictions), to issue additional preferred stock with dividend, liquidation, conversion, voting or other rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. Our board of directors could also use the issuance of preferred stock, under certain circumstances, as a method of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control of our company. In addition, our bylaws require that certain shareholder proposals, including proposals for the nomination of directors, be submitted within specified periods of time in advance of our annual shareholders’ meetings. These provisions could make it more difficult for shareholders to effect corporate actions such as a merger, asset sale or other change of control of our company. These provisions could limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our Common Stock, and they may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control.
 
We are also subject to two North Carolina statutes that may have anti-takeover effects. The North Carolina Shareholder Protection Act generally requires, unless certain “fair price” and procedural requirements are satisfied, the affirmative vote of 95% of our voting shares to approve certain business combination transactions with an entity that is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 20% of our voting shares, or with one of our affiliates if that affiliate has previously been a beneficial owner of more than 20% of our voting shares. The North Carolina Control Share Acquisition Act, which applies to public companies that have substantial operations and significant shareholders in the state of North Carolina, eliminates the voting rights of shares acquired in transactions (referred to as “control share acquisitions”) that cause the acquiring person to own a number of our voting securities that exceeds certain threshold amounts, specifically, one-fifth, one-third and one-half of our total outstanding voting securities. There are certain exceptions. For example, this statute does not apply to shares that an acquiring person acquires directly from us. The holders of a majority of our outstanding voting stock (other than such acquiring person, our officers and our employee directors) may elect to restore voting rights that would be eliminated by this statute. If voting rights are restored to a shareholder that has made a control share acquisition and holds a majority of all voting power in the election of our directors, then our other shareholders may require us to redeem their shares at fair value. These statutes could discourage a third party from making a partial tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain a substantial position in our equity securities or seeking to obtain control of us. They also might limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our Common Stock, and they may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control.
 
The adoption of our shareholder rights agreement may discourage third parties from making takeover offers, including takeover offers that might result in a premium being paid for shares of our common stock.  Effective September 22, 2006, the Company entered into a shareholder rights agreement designed to prevent any potential acquirer from gaining control of the Company without fairly compensating the stockholders and to protect the Company from unfair or coercive takeover attempts. In furtherance of the shareholder rights agreement, the Board of Directors approved the declaration of a dividend of one right for each outstanding share of the Company’s common stock on the record date of October 9, 2006. Each of the rights, which are not currently exercisable, entitles the holder to purchase 1/1000th of a share of the Company’s Series D Junior Participating Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $5.00. In general, the rights will become exercisable only if any person or group of affiliated persons makes a public announcement that it has acquired 15% or more of the Company’s stock or that it intends to make or makes a tender offer or exchange offer for 15% or more of the Company’s stock. Following the announcement of any such acquisition or offer, the rights are redeemable by us at a price of $0.01 per right.
 
The effect of this rights plan could prevent or deter a potential unsolicited takeover of us by causing substantial dilution of an acquirer of 15% or more of our outstanding common stock. This could delay or prevent a third party from acquiring us even if the acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders. These factors could also reduce


22


 

the price that certain investors might be willing to pay for shares of the common stock and result in the market price being lower than it might be without these provisions. Therefore, mergers and acquisitions of us that our stockholders may consider in their best interests may not occur.
 
Provisions of our bylaws limit the ability of shareholders to call special meetings of shareholders and therefore could discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of our company.  On September 11, 2006, the Board of the Company voted to amend and restate the bylaws of the Company in their entirety. The Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company became effective on September 12, 2006. Under the amended and restated bylaws, special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Board or any shareholder or shareholders holding in the aggregate thirty-five percent (35%) of the voting power of all the shareholders. Prior to the amendment and restatement of the bylaws, special meetings of the shareholders could be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Board or any shareholder or shareholders holding in the aggregate ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all the shareholders.
 
The effect of this provision of our Amended and Restated Bylaws could delay or prevent a third party from acquiring the Company or replacing members of the Board, even if the acquisition or the replacements would be beneficial to our shareholders. These factors could also reduce the price that certain investors might be willing to pay for shares of the common stock and result in the market price being lower than it might be without these provisions.
 
Risks Associated with Potential Growth
 
We may not be able to obtain the financing we will need to implement our operating strategy.  We cannot assure you that our revolving credit facilities and cash flow from operations will be sufficient to fund our current business operations for the next 12 months, nor can we assure you that we will not require additional sources of financing to fund our operations. Additional financing may not be available to us on terms we consider acceptable, if available at all. If we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms, we may not be able to develop next-generation products, take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated requirements, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to grow our business. Further, if we issue equity securities, holders of our Common Stock may experience dilution of their ownership percentage, and the new equity securities could have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of our Common Stock.
 
There are many risks associated with potential acquisitions.  We intend to continue to evaluate potential acquisitions that we believe will enhance our existing business or enable us to grow. If we acquire other companies or product lines in the future, it may dilute the value of existing shareholders’ ownership. The impact of dilution may restrict our ability to consummate further acquisitions. Issuance of equity securities in connection with an acquisition may further restrict utilization of net operating loss carryforwards because of an annual limitation due to ownership changes under the Internal Revenue Code. We may also incur debt and losses related to the impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets if we acquire another company, and this could negatively impact our results of operations. We currently do not have any definitive agreements to acquire any company or business, and we may not be able to identify or complete any acquisition in the future. Additional risks associated with acquisitions include the following:
 
  •  It may be difficult to assimilate the operations and personnel of an acquired business into our own business;
 
  •  Management information and accounting systems of an acquired business must be integrated into our current systems;
 
  •  Our management must devote its attention to assimilating the acquired business, which diverts attention from other business concerns;
 
  •  We may enter markets in which we have limited prior experience; and
 
  •  We may lose key employees of an acquired business.
 
Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments
 
None.


23


 

 
Item 2.   Properties
 
We do not own any real estate. Instead, we lease properties both in the U.S. and abroad. Following are our locations:
 
                                 
City and State
  Country   Area   Use   Monthly Rent     Expiration
 
Durham, NC
  USA     54,552 sf  
Office, service and repair,
warehouse and assembly
  (a),(b),(c)   $ 34,596     April 2011
Dallas, TX
  USA     3,145 sf  
Office
  (c)   $ 5,883     April 2008
Peakhurst
  Australia     271 sm  
Office
  (a)   $ 2,722     November 2009
Caxias do Sul
  Brazil     88 sm  
Office and assembly
  (a)   $ 3,494     Open ended
Herrljunga
  Sweden     2,000 sm  
Office, warehouse and assembly
  (a),(d)   $ 6,361     March 2011
Ettlingen
  Germany     242 sm  
Office
  (a)   $ 2,792     October 2010
 
 
(a) Used by Transportation Communications Segment
 
(b) Used by Law Enforcement and Surveillance Segment
 
(c) Used by administration — U.S. corporate
 
(d) Used by administration — international
 
We believe current facilities are adequate and suitable for current and foreseeable needs, absent future possible acquisitions. We further believe additional office and manufacturing space will be available in, or near, existing facilities at a cost approximately equivalent to, or slightly higher than, rates currently paid, to accommodate further internal growth as necessary.
 
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings
 
The Company, in the normal course of its operations, is involved in legal actions incidental to the business. Additionally, in certain instances involving employment matters, the Company’s outsourced personnel administration firm may have primary responsibility for such and, aside from support from the Company in proper discharge of such employment matters, may effectively assume any resulting liabilities. In management’s opinion, the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect upon the current financial position of the Company or future results of operations.
 
Mr. Lawrence A. Taylor was a director of the Company and, until October 2004, was the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, and until August 2005, the Company’s Executive Vice President of Corporation Development. As such, it was Mr. Taylor’s primary responsibility to identify and pursue mergers and acquisitions. In August 2005, when it became apparent the Company’s finances would not support merger and acquisition activities, Mr. Taylor’s position was eliminated. Mr. Taylor seeks to refute certain provisions of his employment agreement and has stated his intention to arbitrate a claim for, among other things, wrongful termination and age discrimination under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (ADEA). Over a year after his position was eliminated, Mr. Taylor filed a charge of age discrimination with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”) alleging discrimination, which was dismissed without investigation on February 7, 2007. The EEOC’s termination of its investigation does not certify that we are in compliance with ADEA, nor does it affect the rights of Mr. Taylor to file suit under the statutes. A mediation conference was held on January 15, 2007 without resolution of any matters. Since that time, Mr. Taylor has not pursued any remedy for his claims, including mandatory arbitration. The Company believes his claims are without merit and does not believe the matter will have a material impact on the Company.
 
Mr. David N. Pilotte, who served as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer until June 9, 2006, stated an intention to arbitrate a claim for severance compensation. On September 21, 2006, Mr. Pilotte filed an action in Dallas County (Texas) Court alleging that Digital Recorders, Inc., and others affiliated with the Company, have wrongfully withheld such payments in a lump sum form and further that the Company and certain of its officers have provided misleading or false information and representations to him and others. Mr. Pilotte seeks a lump sum payment of all remaining severance obligations, statutory and liquidated damages provided under the Carolina Wage and Hour Act, as well as reasonable attorney’s fees. Since Mr. Pilotte’s termination, the Company has paid severance compensation to him in the form of standard payroll installments, with such payments scheduled to be


24


 

completed in March 2007. The Company believes Mr. Pilotte’s claims are without merit and does not believe the matter will have a material impact on the Company.
 
The Company, to the best of its ability, at all times seeks to avoid infringing, and will not knowingly violate the intellectual property rights of others.
 
Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
 
No matter was submitted to a vote of the holders of our Common Stock during the fourth quarter 2006.
 
PART II
 
Item 5.   Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices for our Common Stock, as reported by the NASDAQ Capital Market®, from January 1, 2005 through December 31, 2006. The prices set forth reflect inter-dealer quotations, without retail markups, markdowns, or commissions, and do not necessarily represent actual transactions.
 
                 
    High     Low  
 
Year Ended December 31, 2005
               
First Quarter
  $ 3.71     $ 2.31  
Second Quarter
    2.59       1.79  
Third Quarter
    3.19       2.23  
Fourth Quarter
    2.53       1.47  
Year Ended December 31, 2006
               
First Quarter
  $ 1.81     $ 1.25  
Second Quarter
    1.43       1.05  
Third Quarter
    1.40       1.05  
Fourth Quarter
    1.49       1.19  
 
As of February 28, 2007, there were approximately 2,500 holders of our Common Stock (including 131 shareholders of record.)
 
We have not paid dividends on our Common Stock nor do we anticipate doing so in the near future. In addition, our prior and current credit facilities restrict the payment of dividends upon any class of stock except on our Preferred Stock. We also have five classes of outstanding Preferred Stock with dividend rights that have priority over any dividends payable to holders of Common Stock.
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information
 
The following table provides information, as of the end of fiscal 2006, with respect to all compensation plans and individual compensation arrangements of DRI under which equity securities are authorized for issuance to employees or non-employees:
 
                         
                Number of Securities
 
                Remaining Available for
 
    Number of Securities to
    Weighted-Average
    Future Issuance Under
 
    be Issued Upon Exercise
    Exercise Price of
    Equity Compensation Plans
 
    of Outstanding Options,
    Outstanding Options,
    (Excluding Securities
 
    Warrants and Rights
    Warrants and Rights
    Reflected in Column a)
 
Plan Category
  (a)     (b)     (c)  
 
1993 Incentive Stock Option Plan
    481,500     $ 2.50       None  
2003 Stock Option Plan
    662,500     $ 2.41       8,833  
                         
Total
    1,144,000     $ 2.45       8,833  
                         
 
 
All options issued under the 1993 Incentive Stock Option Plan and the 2003 Stock Option Plan have been approved by the Company’s shareholders.


25


 

 
At the annual meeting of shareholders in May 2006, shareholders approved an equity-based stock compensation plan for members of the Board of Directors and certain key executive managers of the Company. The compensation plan partially compensates members of the Board of Directors and certain key executive management of the Company in the form of stock of the Company in lieu of cash compensation. The plan became effective as of January 1, 2006, and was made available on a fully voluntary basis. The number of shares payable under this plan is determined by dividing the cash value of stock compensation by the higher of (1) the actual closing price on the last trading day of each month, or (2) the book value of the Company on the last day of each month. Fractional shares are rounded up to the next full share amount.
 
The following graph and table compare the cumulative total shareholder return on our Common Stock from December 31, 2001 through December 31, 2006, with the Standard & Poor’s 500 Information Technology Index and the NASDAQ® Index. The comparison reflected in the graph and table is not intended to forecast the future performance of our Common Stock and may not be indicative of such future performance. The graph and table assume an investment of $100 in our Common Stock and each index on December 31, 2001, and the reinvestment of all dividends.
 
Comparison of Cumulative Five Year Total Return
 
Performance Graph
 
This graph was prepared by the Total Return Service of Standard & Poor’s Investment Services.
 
                                                 
TOTAL RETURN TO SHAREHOLDERS
 
(Includes Reinvestment of Dividends)  
          ANNUAL RETURN PERCENTAGE
 
          Years Ending  
Company/Index     Dec02     Dec03     Dec04     Dec05     Dec06  
DIGITAL RECORDERS INC
    0.00       14.17       42.34       -60.77       -22.22  
S&P 500 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
    -37.41       47.23       2.56       0.99       8.42  
NASDAQ® INDEX
    -30.87       49.52       8.83       2.13       9.87  
                                                 
                                                 
          INDEXED RETURNS
 
    Base
    Years Ending  
    Period
       
Company/Index   Dec01     Dec02     Dec03     Dec04     Dec05     Dec06  
DIGITAL RECORDERS INC
    100       100.00       114.17       162.50       63.75       49.58  
S&P 500 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
    100       62.59       92.14       94.50       95.44       103.47  
NASDAQ® INDEX
    100       69.13       103.36       112.49       114.88       126.22  
                                                 
 
This table was prepared by the Total Return Service of Standard & Poor’s Investment Services.


26


 

 
Issuance of Unregistered Securities
 
The issuances set forth below were made in reliance upon the available exemptions from registration requirements of the Securities Act, contained in Section 4(2), on the basis that such transactions did not involve a public offering. DRI determined that the purchasers of securities described below were sophisticated investors who had the financial ability to assume the risk of their investment in DRI’s securities and acquired such securities for their own account and not with a view to any distribution thereof to the public. The certificates evidencing the securities bear legends stating that the securities are not to be offered, sold or transferred other than pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration requirements.
 
At the annual meeting of shareholders in May 2006, shareholders approved an equity-based stock compensation plan for members of the Board of Directors and certain key executive managers of the Company. The compensation plan partially compensates members of the Board of Directors and certain key executive management of the Company in the form of stock of the Company in lieu of cash compensation. The plan became effective on January 1, 2006, and was made available on a fully voluntary basis. The number of shares payable under this plan is determined by dividing the cash value of stock compensation by the higher of (1) the actual closing price on the last trading day of each month, or (2) the book value of the Company on the last day of each month. Fractional shares are rounded up to the next full share amount.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company issued 47,166 shares to seven individuals under this plan at an average price of $1.34 per share in lieu of $63,000 in cash compensation. Section 16 reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission include the actual prices at which shares were issued to each individual.
 
In exchange for the issuance by the Company to Laurus Master Fund, Ltd. (“Laurus”) of 225,000 shares of our Common Stock and the payment of a servicing fee by the Company to Laurus in the amount of $18,000, effective December 31, 2006, the Company and Laurus executed an Omnibus Amendment, amended and restated a secured term note between the Company and Laurus, and amended and restated a registration rights agreement between the Company and Laurus. Under the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement effective December 31, 2006, the Company is required to register the 225,000 shares issued to Laurus with the Securities and Exchange Commission under an appropriate registration statement within 365 days after the issuance of such shares.


27


 

 
Item 6.   Selected Financial Data
 
The selected Statements of Operations Data set forth below as of and for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report. The selected Statements of Operations Data set forth below as of and for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes, which are not included in this report. The selected Balance Sheet Data set forth below as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report. The selected Balance Sheet Data set forth below as of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes, which are not included in this report. This information should be read in conjunction with “Item 1. Description of Business” and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” as well as the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
 
Statements of Operations Data
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
    (In thousands, except share and per share amounts)  
 
Net sales
  $ 51,338     $ 45,345     $ 47,773     $ 44,026     $ 45,138  
Gross profit
    14,731       15,342       17,946       16,876       16,209  
Operating income (loss)
    (2,809 )     (4,832 )     (1,442 )     (420 )     724  
Net loss applicable to common shareholders
    (4,241 )     (6,450 )     (3,476 )     (2,233 )     (367 )
Net loss applicable to common shareholders per common share
                                       
Basic and diluted
  $ (0.43 )   $ (0.67 )   $ (0.49 )   $ (0.58 )   $ (0.10 )
Weighted average number of common shares and common share equivalents outstanding
                                       
Basic and diluted
    9,787,599       9,675,580       7,149,544       3,873,133       3,746,119  
                                         
 
Balance Sheet Data
 
                               
    December 31,
    2006   2005   2004   2003   2002
    (In thousands)
 
Current assets
  $ 20,879   $ 18,601   $ 20,876   $ 18,677   $ 20,178
Total assets
    37,358     33,548     38,041     34,552     33,383
Current liabilities
    18,417     14,640     12,929     16,335     17,856
Long term debt
    42     68     653     6,647     7,738
Minority interest
    234     892     441     338     268
Redeemable Preferred Stock
    3,691     3,189     1,845     3,250     1,770
Shareholders’ equity
    17,195     17,566     23,641     11,232     5,752
 
Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND THE RELATED NOTES THAT ARE IN ITEM 8 OF THIS DOCUMENT.
 
Business — General
 
We directly or through contractors, design, manufacture, sell, and service information technology and surveillance technology products through two major business segments. These two business segments are the


28


 

Transportation Communications Segment and the Law Enforcement and Surveillance Segment. While service is a significant aspect of DRI’s marketing strategy, it is not yet a significant generator of revenue and was less than 3% of net sales for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004.
 
DRI’s Transportation Communications Segment products are sold worldwide within the passenger information communication industry and market. We sell to transportation vehicle equipment customers generally in two broad categories: end customers and original equipment manufacturers of transportation vehicles. End customers include municipalities; regional transportation districts; federal, state, and local departments of transportation; transit agencies; public, private, or commercial operators of vehicles; and rental car agencies. The relative percentage of sales to end customers as compared to OEM customers varies widely and frequently from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year and within products and product lines comprising DRI’s mix of total sales in any given period.
 
DRI’s Law Enforcement and Surveillance Segment serves customers in the U.S. federal, state, and local law enforcement agencies or organizations, as well as their counterparts abroad. We produce a line of digital audio filter systems and tape transcribers used to improve the quality and intelligibility of both live and recorded voices. We market DRI’s law enforcement and surveillance products domestically and internationally to law enforcement entities and other customers in or supporting government organizations.
 
Sales to DRI’s customers are characterized by a lengthy sales cycle that generally extends for a period of two to 24 months. In addition, purchases by a majority of DRI’s customers are dependent upon federal, state and local funding that may vary from year to year and quarter to quarter.
 
The majority of sales of the Company’s products and services are recognized upon physical shipment of products and completion of the service, provided all accounting criteria for recognition have been met. Sales and revenues for projects involving multiple elements (i.e., products, services, installation and other services) are recognized under specific accounting criteria based on the products and services delivered to the customer and the customer’s acceptance of such products and services. Sales and revenues from more complex or time-spanning projects within which there are multiple deliverables including products, services, and software are recognized based upon the facts and circumstances unique to each project. This generally involves recognizing sales and revenue over the life of the project based upon (1) meeting specific delivery or performance criteria, or (2) the percentage of project completion achieved in each accounting period. Because DRI’s operations are characterized by significant research and development expenses preceding product introduction, net sales and certain related expenses may not be recorded in the same period, thereby producing fluctuations in operating results. DRI’s dependence upon large contracts and orders, as well as upon a small number of relatively large customers or projects, increases the magnitude of fluctuations in operating results particularly on a period-to-period, or period-over-period, comparison basis. For a more complete description of DRI’s business, including a description of DRI’s products, sales cycle and research and development, see “Item 1. Business.”


29


 

 
Results of Operations
 
The following discussion provides an analysis of DRI’s results of operations and liquidity and capital resources. This should be read in conjunction with DRI’s consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto. The operating results of the years presented were not significantly affected by inflation.
 
The following table sets forth the percentage of DRI’s sales represented by certain items included in DRI’s Statements of Operations:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
 
Net sales
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Cost of sales
    71.3       66.2       62.4  
                         
Gross profit
    28.7       33.8       37.6  
                         
Operating expenses:
                       
Selling, general and administrative
    31.3       40.9       36.6  
Research and development
    2.9       3.6       4.0  
                         
Total operating expenses
    34.2       44.5       40.6  
                         
Operating loss
    (5.5 )     (10.7 )     (3.0 )
Other income and expense
    (2.8 )     (1.0 )     (1.4 )
                         
Loss before income tax expense
    (8.3 )     (11.7 )     (4.4 )
Income tax expense
    (0.6 )     (0.4 )     (2.0 )
                         
Loss before minority interest in income of consolidated subsidiary
    (8.9 )     (12.1 )     (6.4 )
Minority interest in consolidated subsidiary
    1.3       (1.0 )     (0.2 )
                         
Net loss
    (7.6 )%     (13.1 )%     (6.6 )%
                         
 
Comparison of Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
 
Net Sales and Gross Profit
 
Our net sales for 2006, increased $6.0 million or 13.2%, from $45.3 million for 2005, to $51.3 million for 2006. DRI’s gross profit for 2006 decreased $611,000, or 4.0%, from $15.3 million for 2005 to $14.7 million for 2006. Following is a discussion of these changes in net sales and gross profit by segment.
 
Transportation Communications Segment.  Due to commonality of customers, products, technology, and management, we manage and report our U.S and foreign transportation communications business as a single reporting segment. For discussion purposes, we differentiate between sales and gross profit for the U.S. market and the foreign markets to better provide our investors with useful information.
 
For 2006, sales of our transportation communications segment increased $6.1 million, or 14.1%, from $43.1 million for 2005 to $49.2 million for 2006. The increase resulted from higher sales of $1.7 million by our U.S. subsidiaries and higher sales of $4.4 million from our foreign subsidiaries.
 
The increase in U.S. sales of the transportation communications segment for 2006 as compared to 2005 is consistent with the apparent upturn in the U.S. transit market primarily due to the favorable impact of new transit funding legislation passed into law in August 2005. Through August 2005, the U.S. public transportation market was still operating on short-term extensions of the previous expired transit funding legislation, which we believe created uncertainties and consequently disrupted the transit market. Though the enactment of the new legislation had little to no impact on our 2005 sales, the most significant impact was seen in increased sales in 2006. This increase was most evident in sales of new bus vehicle manufacturer products, particularly those produced and sold by TVna. To a lesser extent, there was an increase in sales of some products of our Digital Recorders business unit, where procurements were being derived primarily from those same manufacturers. Market conditions for engineered systems sold by our Digital Recorders business unit, such as Automatic Vehicle Locating, Automatic Vehicle


30


 

Monitoring, Security and Automatic Passenger Counting Systems were significantly less improved and, extending into early 2007, remain such. We believe this is attributable to the unique nature of the various mechanisms related to federal funding in our market and, if so, we would expect the engineered systems related part of our business to improve, although at a rate notably slower than that of new bus vehicle manufacturer related products. During the third and fourth quarters of 2005, we entered into sales agreements for these types of engineered systems projects including hardware, engineering services, and installation services that spanned longer time periods than previous projects and which placed additional demands on our engineering resources. Many of these projects were completed and a significant portion of the sales from these longer-term projects was recognized in 2006. However, as noted above, the magnitude of these sales was, and remains, less than what generally improving market conditions might otherwise suggest.
 
The increase in international sales occurred primarily in the third and fourth quarters of 2006 and resulted from higher sales in the European, Asian-Pacific, and Middle Eastern markets that were partially offset by lower sales in the South American market and is inclusive of an increase due to foreign currency fluctuations of approximately $688,000. DRI does not use currency hedging tools. Each of our foreign subsidiaries primarily conducts business in its respective functional currencies thereby reducing the impact of foreign currency transaction differences. If the U.S. dollar strengthens compared to the foreign currencies converted, it is possible the total sales reported in U.S. dollars could decline.
 
Expected sales growth in the transportation communications segment will be dependent upon the expansion of new product offerings and technology, as well as expansion into new geographic areas. We believe our relatively high market share positions in some markets preclude significant sales growth from increased market share.
 
Our transportation communications segment gross profit decreased $641,000, or 4.4%, from $14.5 million in 2005 to $13.9 million in 2006. As a percentage of segment sales, gross profit was 33.7% of net segment sales in 2005 as compared to 28.2% in 2006. Of the $641,000 net decrease in gross profit, a $21,000 increase was attributable to U.S. operations and a $662,000 decrease was attributable to international operations.
 
The U.S. gross profit percentage of sales for 2006 was 24.7% as compared to 26.6% for 2005. This decrease primarily resulted from the reassignment of personnel previously in selling, general and administrative roles to production and service-related roles and was partially offset by increased margins on sales of LED destination signs resulting from the Company’s ability to negotiate lower costs for component parts in 2006 and a reduction in write-offs of obsolete and slow-moving inventory, which are recorded as cost of sales and which reduce gross margin.
 
The international gross profit as a percentage of sales for 2006 was 31.40% as compared to 40.9% for 2005. This decrease primarily resulted from the reassignment of personnel previously in selling, general and administrative roles to production and service-related roles.
 
Though we may experience continued pricing pressure, we expect our gross margins within our individual product lines to stabilize in the near term as we continue to recognize cost savings resulting from recent and planned future cost reduction efforts. However, period-to-period, overall gross margins will still reflect the variations in sales mix and geographical dispersion of product sales. We also expect improvements in gross margins through more frequent sales of a combination of products and services offering a broader “project” solution, and through the introduction of technology improvements.
 
Law Enforcement and Surveillance Segment.  Sales for our law enforcement and surveillance segment decreased $81,000 or 3.6%, from $2.3 million for 2005, to $2.2 million for 2006.
 
The segment gross profit for 2006 increased $30,000, or 3.6%, from $827,000 for 2005, to $857,000 for 2006. As a percentage of segment sales, our gross profit was 39.4% of our net segment sales for 2006, as compared to 36.6% during 2005. The increase in gross margin is partially attributed to a $176,000 write-off of obsolete and slow-moving inventory in 2005, which was recorded in cost of sales and reduced the 2005 gross margin. That increase was partially offset by the Company incurring incremental direct costs along with related overhead costs as cost of sales. We incurred these incremental direct and overhead costs increasingly throughout 2005 and into 2006, resulting in the offsetting decrease in gross margins.


31


 

 
Selling, General, and Administrative
 
Selling, general, and administrative expenses for 2006 decreased $2.4 million, or 13.3%, from $18.5 million for 2005 to $16.1 million for 2006. This decrease principally resulted from the reassignment of personnel previously in selling, general and administrative roles to production and service-related roles and was partially offset by an increase of $981,000 in value-added tax expense incurred by our Brazilian subsidiary, Mobitec Ltda. Additionally, there were significant variances in other selling, general and administrative expenses which resulted in a net decrease of $326,000 as follows: (1) a decrease of $329,000 in expenses related to the APTA trade show held in the third quarter of 2005, (2) a decrease of $573,000 in public company costs, which include legal, audit and printing fees, (3) an increase in travel-related expenses of $255,000, (4) an increase in bank related fees of $132,000, and (5) an increase in promotion and advertising expenses of $189,000.
 
As a percentage of our net sales, these expenses were 32.0% in 2006 and 40.9% in 2005. The decrease as a percentage of sales is due to the leveraging effect of the increase in sales, as well as lower general and administrative expenses in total dollars.
 
Research and Development Expenses
 
Research and development expenses for 2006 decreased $162,000, or 9.9%, from $1.6 million for 2005 to $1.5 million for 2006. This category of expenses includes internal engineering personnel, outside engineering expense for software and hardware development, and new product development. As a percentage of net sales, these expenses decreased from 3.6% in 2005 to 2.9% in 2006.
 
During 2006, salaries and related costs of certain engineering personnel who were used in the development of software met the capitalization criteria of SFAS No. 86, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed.” The total amount of personnel and other expense capitalized in 2006 was $201,000 as compared to $1.0 million in 2005.
 
Operating Loss
 
The net change in our operating loss was a decrease of $2.0 million from $4.8 million in 2005 to $2.8 million in 2006. The reduction in operating loss is due to higher sales, lower selling, general and administrative expenses, and lower research and development costs offset by higher cost of sales as previously described.
 
Other Income, Foreign Currency Gain (Loss), and Interest Expense
 
Other income, foreign currency gain (loss), and interest expense increased $947,000 from $465,000 in 2005, to $1.4 million in 2006, due to an increase in interest expense of $1.0 million and a decrease in other income of $373,000, offset by an increase in foreign currency gain of $452,000. The increase in interest expense is due to the amortization of the fair value of warrants issued in connection with the Laurus line of credit and Laurus note payable of $278,000, the amortization of discount on a convertible debenture due to an investor and director of $212,000, amortization of the loan fee on the Laurus note payable of $108,000, interest expense of $249,000 incurred in connection with an Industrialized Products Tax assessed to Mobitec Ltda, and increases in the amount of borrowings on our credit facilities and other short-term debt.
 
Income Tax Expense
 
Income tax expense was $331,000 in 2006 as compared with an income tax expense of $176,000 in 2005. The tax expense for 2006 consisted of $12,000 arising from United States federal and state jurisdictions and $319,000 arising from foreign jurisdictions.
 
Net Loss Applicable to Common Shareholders
 
The net loss applicable to common shareholders decreased $2.3 million from a net loss of $6.5 million in 2005 to a net loss of $4.2 million in 2006. This decrease in net loss is due to the factors previously addressed, as well as a $179,000 decrease in dividends and amortization expenses related to Preferred Stock offerings.


32


 

 
Comparison of Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2005 and 2004
 
Net Sales and Gross Profit
 
Our net sales for 2005, decreased $2.4 million or 5.1%, from $47.8 million for 2004, to $45.3 million for 2005. DRI’s gross profit for 2005 decreased $2.6 million, or 14.5%, from $17.9 million for 2004 to $15.3 million for 2005. Following is a discussion of these changes in net sales and gross profit by segment.
 
Transportation Communications Segment.  Due to commonality of customers, products, technology, and management, we manage and report our U.S and foreign transportation communications business as a single reporting segment. For discussion purposes, we differentiate between sales and gross profit for the U.S. market and the foreign markets to better provide our investors with useful information.
 
For 2005, sales of our transportation communications segment decreased $2.8 million, or 6.2%, from $45.9 million for 2004 to $43.1 million for 2005. The decrease resulted from lower U.S. domestic sales of $5.4 million, offset by higher sales of $2.6 million from our foreign subsidiaries. The increase in international sales is attributed to higher sales in the South American and Asian-Pacific markets, and favorable foreign currency exchange rates for 2005 compared to 2004, partially offset by lower sales in the European market.
 
The increase in net sales due to foreign currency fluctuations for 2005 was approximately $995,000. DRI does not use currency hedging tools. Each of our foreign subsidiaries primarily conducts business in its respective functional currencies thereby reducing the impact of foreign currency transaction differences. If the U.S. dollar strengthens compared to the foreign currencies converted, it is possible the total sales reported in U.S. dollars could decline.
 
The decrease in U.S. domestic sales includes a decline of approximately $4.6 million in OEM and spare parts sales, a decline of $890,000 in programming services substantially due to a one-time programming effort during 2004, partially offset by a $416,000 increase in our repair, service, training revenues, and sales returns and allowances. Lower sales volume and prices of various product lines, continued pricing pressures from customers, a change in product mix, an overall market decline in transportation vehicle production, the closure of two vehicle manufacturers, and declining spare parts sales led to the lower U.S. domestic sales. Repair and service sales increased in 2005 primarily due to sales to three customers; however, these type of sales tend to fluctuate greatly from period to period.
 
Our transportation communications segment gross profit decreased $2.3 million, or 13.7%, from $16.8 million in 2004 to $14.5 million in 2005. As a percentage of segment sales, gross profit was 36.6% of net segment sales in 2004 as compared to 33.7% in 2005. Of the $2.3 million net decrease in gross profit, a $4.2 million decrease was attributable to U.S. operations and offset by a $1.9 million increase attributable to international operations.
 
The international gross profit as a percentage of sales for 2005 was 40.9% as compared to 36.6% for 2004. The increase in gross margin is primarily attributed to favorable customer and product mix, and cost reduction strategies on materials costs within the European, South American and Asian-Pacific markets.
 
The U.S. gross profit percentage of sales for 2005, was 26.6% as compared to 36.7% for 2004. Beginning in 2004 but with a full year impact in 2005, our U.S. domestic companies began in-house production of sub-assemblies such as cabling, wiring harnesses, and brackets. As in-house production has increased, incremental direct costs such as production and service related salaries, along with related overhead costs, and depreciation on production equipment have been included in cost of sales. In order to manage headcount, the Company has re-assigned some people previously in selling, general, and administrative roles to more production and service related responsibilities. These additional production related costs have contributed to the decrease in the U.S. gross margins. The Company’s long-term goal is to be better able to manage production costs by having selected operations in-house, rather than solely relying on third-party manufacturers.
 
In 2005, the U.S domestic companies recorded a $1.1 million inventory obsolescence charge as compared to $842,000 in 2004. A significant portion of funding for capital purchases in our industry is provided by the U.S. Government (see discussion in the section entitled, “Industry and Market Overview,” in Part I, Item 1. “Business”). As such, the Company is required by federal procurement statutes to maintain replacement parts for our products for the life of the transportation vehicle, generally ranging from 12 years to 15 years. Until the


33


 

2001-2002 timeframe, standard technology within our electronic destination sign systems business (95% of our consolidated revenues) relied upon an electro-mechanical product known as “flip-dot” whereby a small electrical charge would cause a small plastic circular shaped dot to physically flip over showing a brightly colored light reflecting side rather than a black matt finished side. The electro-mechanical plastic component was subject to a less than predictable failure rate. As such, participants in our industry maintained a comparatively large inventory of replacement parts and those parts did not diminish in value except over unusually long periods (8 years to 10 years). In fact, there were instances wherein the parts could be sold at prices higher than their historical levels as the signs approached the end of their life cycles and replacement parts became harder to obtain. Maintaining a larger inventory of replacement parts than might be seen in other industries causes comparatively low inventory turnover within our industry.
 
Beginning in 2002, the standard technology within our electronic destination sign systems business changed from flip-dot to light emitting diode (LED), a highly stable, highly reliable semiconductor product with great visibility and great durability. However, being new and unproven technology within our industry and mounted on the front of a city bus exposed to changing weather conditions, extreme light conditions, and harsh vibration, replacement parts were maintained at historical levels until the technology had proven itself to be reliable. During 2004, and continuing into 2005, following two years of experience with the new technology and experiencing extremely low failure rates as compared to the flip-dot product, a determination was made that maintaining such a large inventory of replacement parts was not necessary, and that a diminution of value for the replacement parts inventory had occurred. As such, the inventory was permanently written-down to its estimated net realizable value in accordance with GAAP. Of the $1.1 million and $842,000 write-downs in 2005 and 2004, respectively, $1.0 million and $781,000 in 2005 and 2004, respectively, were within our U.S. electronic destination sign systems business with the remainder being other miscellaneous write-downs.
 
Law Enforcement and Surveillance Segment.  Sales for our law enforcement and surveillance segment increased $398,000 or 21.4%, from $1.9 million for 2004, to $2.3 million for 2005. The increased sales in 2005 is related to sales of new technology in the fourth quarter, predominately to the U.S. Federal Government.
 
The segment gross profit for 2005, decreased $301,000, or 26.7%, from $1.1 million for 2004, to $801,000 for 2005. As a percentage of segment sales, our gross profit was 36.6% of our net segment sales for 2005, as compared to 60.7% during 2004. As with our Transportation Communication segment discussed above, in 2005 we began incurring incremental direct costs along with related overhead costs as cost of sales. The decrease in the gross profit is related to a $176,000 write-off of obsolete and slow-moving inventory in 2005 as compared to a write-off of $72,000 in 2004; increased OEM material costs; increased depreciation on capitalized software; a large shipment in the first quarter of 2005 at a lower than usual gross profit due to a high third-party content of personal computers; and higher material costs on the third and fourth quarter sales related to the new technology.
 
Selling, General, and Administrative
 
Selling, general, and administrative expenses for 2005 increased $1.1 million, or 6.1%, from $17.4 million for 2004 to $18.5 million for 2005. The majority of this increase was a result of net increases in outside service fees of $180,000 related to our compliance efforts in connection with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; increased compensation and benefits of $1.0 million, including general increases and additional personnel in support of administration and engineering functions and an increase in foreign personnel; increased employee recruiting and training costs of $138,000; increased travel related expenses of $187,000; and increased bad debt expense of $143,000. Additional significant expenses included the tri-annual APTA trade show and increased depreciation expense from recent capital asset purchases. These increases were partially offset by reductions in public company costs of approximately $762,000, including printing fees, audit fees, and legal fees.
 
As a percentage of our net sales, these expenses were 40.9% in 2005 and 36.6% in 2004. The increase is due to the higher general and administrative expenses as discussed above.
 
Research and Development Expenses
 
Research and development expenses for 2005 decreased $279,000, or 14.6%, from $1.9 million for 2004 to $1.6 million for 2005. This category of expenses includes internal engineering personnel, outside engineering


34


 

expense for software and hardware development, and new product development. As a percentage of net sales, these expenses decreased from 4.0% in 2004 to 3.6% in 2005. During 2005, as in prior years, certain engineering personnel were used in the development of software that met the capitalization criteria of SFAS No. 86, “Capitalization of Software Development Costs,” which resulted in recording approximately $1.0 million of 2005 costs as an asset that will be amortized as sales of the software are realized. Research and development expenses, including those costs that were capitalized, were $2.9 million for 2005, as compared to $3.1 million for 2004.
 
Operating Loss
 
The net change in our operating loss was an increase of $3.4 million from $1.4 million in 2004 to $4.8 million in 2005. This decrease is primarily due to lower sales and higher cost of sales in the transportation communications segment; higher operating, personnel costs, bad debt, and depreciation costs as described above; partially offset by the increased sales in our law enforcement and surveillance segment.
 
Other Income, Foreign Currency Gain (Loss), and Interest Expense
 
Other income, foreign currency gain (loss), and interest expense decreased $209,000 from $674,000 in 2004, to $465,000 in 2005, due to a decrease in interest expense of $426,000, offset by an increase in foreign currency loss of $356,000, and an increase in other income of $139,000. The decrease in interest expense was due primarily to decreases in the amount of borrowings on our credit facilities and in the amount of outstanding long-term debt. The decrease in outstanding debt was a result of two separate private placements of Common Stock in 2004 of $5.0 million each, and two private placements of Preferred Stock in 2005 totaling $2.1 million.
 
Income Tax Expense
 
Income tax expense was $176,000 in 2005 as compared with an income tax expense of $973,000 in 2004. The tax expense for 2005 consisted of $112,000 arising from United States state jurisdictions and $64,000 arising from foreign jurisdictions.
 
Net Loss Applicable to Common Shareholders
 
The net loss applicable to common shareholders increased $3.0 million from a net loss of $3.5 million in 2004 to a net loss of $6.5 million in 2005. This increase in net loss is due to the factors previously addressed, as well as $323,000 non-cash charges related to Preferred Stock offerings.
 
Cash Flows
 
The Company’s net working capital as of December 31, 2006, was $2.5 million compared to $4.0 million as of December 31, 2005. Our principal sources of liquidity from current assets included cash and cash equivalents of $611,000, trade and other receivables of $10.5 million and inventories of $9.3 million. The Company continues to decrease the average days’ sales outstanding in accounts receivable and expects to increase inventory turns through better materials requirement planning, reworking what otherwise might be considered slow moving inventory and negotiating lower component prices through volume purchase programs. The most significant current liabilities at December 31, 2006, included asset-based borrowings of $7.6 million, accounts payable of $5.6 million, accrued expenses of $2.9 million, and notes payable of $1.6 million. The asset-based lending agreements, both foreign and domestic, are directly related to sales and customer account collections and inventory. Such borrowings are classified as a current liability rather than a long-term liability and were negotiated with the intent that the revolving debt would be classified and managed as long-term debt. However, Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 95-22, “Balance Sheet Classification of Borrowings Outstanding under Revolving Credit Agreements That Include both a Subjective Acceleration Clause and a Lock-Box Arrangement,” requires the Company to classify all of our outstanding debt under the bank facility as a current liability. The loan agreement has a subjective acceleration clause, which could enable the bank to call the loan, but such language is customary in asset-based lending agreements and management does not expect the bank to use this particular clause to inhibit the Company from making borrowings as provided under the loan agreement.


35


 

 
Our operating activities used cash of $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Cash used in operating activities totaled $3.3 million and resulted from an increase in trade accounts receivable of $1.6 million, an increase in inventories of $830,000, a decrease in accounts payable of $170,000, a decrease in accrued expenses of $48,000, and our net loss of $3.9 million offset by non-cash expenses of $3.3 million. Non-cash expenses included $1.5 million related to an accrual of a value-added tax settlement by our Brazilian subsidiary at December 31, 2006. All other non-cash expenses were of normal, routine amounts associated with operations. Sources of cash from operations totaled $87,000 and resulted from a decrease in other receivables of $25,000, a decrease in prepaids and other current assets of $54,000, and a decrease in other assets of $8,000. The increase in trade accounts receivable primarily results from an overall increase of sales in 2006 compared to 2005, and in particular, a 22% increase in sales during the fourth quarter of 2006 compared to the same quarter in 2005. The increase in inventories resulted from a build-up of inventory to meet higher overall product sales in 2006 compared to 2005. Additionally, though fourth quarter sales in 2006 increased compared to the same quarter in 2005, some product sales anticipated in the fourth quarter of 2006 and for which inventory components had been purchased were delayed to periods subsequent to December 31, 2006. We consider the changes incurred in our operating assets and liabilities routine, given the number and size of orders relative to our industry and our size. We expect working capital requirements to continue to increase with growth in sales, primarily due to the timing between when we must pay suppliers and the time we receive payment from our customers.
 
Our investing activities used cash of $458,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006. The primary uses of cash were for: (1) purchases of computer, test, and office equipment; and (2) costs incurred for internally developed software. Cash flows from investing activities resulted from a small number of routine sales of individual pieces of equipment no longer used or that had been replaced. We do not anticipate any significant expenditures for, or sales of, capital equipment in the near future.
 
Our financing activities generated net cash of $3.4 million. Sources of cash primarily resulted from net borrowings of $3.4 million under asset-based lending agreements for both our U.S. and our foreign subsidiaries, and $485,000 from the issuance of Series I Preferred. Net proceeds from issuance of Series I Preferred were used for general corporate and working capital purposes. Our primary uses of cash for financing activities were payment of financing costs related to the new asset-based lending agreements of $403,000 and payment of dividends and repayment of borrowings under the asset-based lending agreements of $128,000 and $64.0 million, respectively.
 
Financing Activities in 2006
 
In March 2006, the Company entered into a two-year, asset-based lending agreement with Laurus Master Fund, Ltd. (“Laurus Credit Agreement”) to replace an existing lending agreement with LaSalle Business Credit (“LaSalle Credit Agreement”). The Laurus Credit Agreement provides up to $6.0 million in borrowings under a revolving credit facility and is secured by all tangible and intangible assets of the Company in the U.S. Borrowing availability under the Laurus Credit Agreement is based upon an advance rate equal to 90% of eligible accounts receivable and up to $2.0 million based upon 40% of eligible inventory. The interest rate on borrowings under the Laurus Credit Agreement is the Wall Street Journal prime rate (8.25% at December 31, 2006) plus 1.75%, subject to a floor of 8%. The Laurus Credit Agreement contains no financial covenants. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility were used to retire all outstanding debt under the LaSalle Credit Agreement and have been and will be used for general corporate purposes. At December 31, 2006, remaining borrowing availability under the revolving credit facility was approximately $820,000. The Company incurred expenses of $329,000 directly attributable to executing the Laurus Credit Agreement which have been recorded as deferred financing costs to be amortized over the term of the agreement.
 
In conjunction with the closing of the Laurus Credit Agreement, the Company issued Laurus Master Fund Ltd. (“Laurus”) detachable warrants to purchase, at any time, 550,000 shares of Common Stock at $0.10 per share. The fair value allocated to the warrants of $590,000, calculated using the Black-Scholes model, was recorded as an asset to be amortized over the term of the Laurus Credit Agreement and was recorded as an increase in additional paid in capital. Laurus agreed to not hold greater than 4.99% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock at any time under terms of the Laurus Credit Agreement.


36


 

 
On April 28, 2006, the Company, along with certain of its subsidiaries, entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with Laurus whereby the Company issued a one-year, secured term promissory note in the original principal amount of $1.6 million (the “Note”). The Note bears interest at an annual rate of 10%, with interest payable monthly in arrears, and matures April 28, 2007. The Note is secured by all U.S. assets of the Company pursuant to the Security Agreement executed as part of the Laurus Credit Agreement entered into in March 2006, which was extended to cover the Note. In addition, the Note carried a $160,000 fee upon payment of the Note, whether the Note is paid on or prior to the maturity date. As of December 31, 2006, the entire original principal amount of $1.6 million was outstanding on the Note.
 
As part of the financing, the Company granted Laurus warrants to purchase, at any time during a seven-year period, 80,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $2.00 per share (the “Warrants”). The fair value allocated to the warrants of $49,000, calculated using the Black-Scholes model, has been recorded as a contra-liability to be amortized over the term of the Note agreement and was recorded as an increase in additional paid in capital. Laurus agreed to a 12-month lock-up on trading of the Common Stock underlying the Warrants as well as on the warrants to purchase 550,000 shares of Common Stock previously issued to Laurus in connection with the Laurus Credit Agreement entered into in March 2006. Pursuant to an Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, the Company filed a registration statement with respect to the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the 630,000 warrants issued to Laurus with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 15, 2006, and the registration was declared effective on May 23, 2006.
 
Fees and expenses related to the Note and issuance of the Warrants totaled approximately $81,000, netting proceeds to the Company of approximately $1.5 million, which was used for general corporate purposes. The related fees and expenses have been recorded as deferred financing costs and are being amortized over the term of the Note.
 
Pursuant to an Omnibus Amendment (the “Amendment”) effective December 31, 2006, and in exchange for the issuance by the Company to Laurus of 225,000 shares of our Common Stock and the payment of a servicing fee by the Company to Laurus in the amount of $18,000, the Company and Laurus (1) increased the limitation on the amount of our Common Stock that Laurus is permitted to hold from 4.99% to 9.99%; (2) agreed that (a) Laurus shall not sell any shares of our Common Stock before the first anniversary of the date of execution of the Amendment and (b) at any time after the first anniversary of the date of execution of the Amendment, Laurus shall not sell any shares of our Common Stock in a number that, together with any sales by any affiliate of Laurus, would exceed 25% of the aggregate dollar trading volume of the Common Stock of the Company for the 22-day period immediately preceding such proposed sale; (3) extended the maturity date of the revolving credit facility under the Laurus Credit Agreement until June 30, 2008; (4) amended and restated the Note to (a) eliminate the $160,000 fee that was due and payable on the maturity date of the Note and (b) allow the Company the option to extend up to $500,000 of the principal amount due under the Note until April 30, 2008; and (5) amended and restated the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of April 28, 2006 to require the Company to register the 225,000 shares of Common Stock issued to Laurus with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 365 days after issuance of such shares.
 
In February 2006, 24 shares of Series E Preferred with a liquidation value of $120,000 were converted into 39,994 shares of the Company’s Common Stock.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
The Company’s primary source of liquidity and capital resources has been from financing activities. The Company has agreements with lenders under which revolving lines of credit have been established to support the working capital needs of our current operations. These lines of credit are as follows:
 
On March 16, 2006, the Company entered into a two-year asset-based lending agreement with Laurus Master Fund (“Laurus Credit Agreement”) to replace the LaSalle Credit Agreement. The Laurus Credit Agreement provides up to $6.0 million in borrowings under a revolving credit facility. Proceeds from the Laurus Credit Agreement were used to repay all outstanding debt under the LaSalle Credit Agreement and for general corporate purposes. The new credit facility is secured by all tangible and intangible assets of the Company in the U.S. and Canada. Borrowing availability under the Laurus Credit Agreement is based upon an advance rate equal to 90% of


37


 

eligible accounts receivable and up to $2.0 million based upon 40% of eligible inventory. The interest rate on borrowings under the Laurus Credit Agreement is the Wall Street Journal prime rate plus 1.75%, subject to a floor of 8%. The Laurus Credit Agreement contains no financial covenants. At December 31, 2006, remaining borrowing availability under the revolving credit facility was approximately $820,000. Effective December 31, 2006, the Laurus Credit Agreement was amended to extend the maturity date to June 30, 2008.
 
Mobitec AB, the Company’s wholly owned Swedish subsidiary, has an agreement with a bank in Sweden from which it may currently borrow up to a maximum of 10 million Krona, or $1.5 million U.S. based upon the December 31, 2006, exchange rate of 0.1461. At December 31, 2006, 9.9 million Krona, or $1.4 million U.S., was outstanding, resulting in additional borrowing availability of 77,000 Krona, or $11,000 U.S. The terms of this agreement require payment of an unused credit line fee equal to 0.50% of the unused portion and an average interest rate of 3.23% of the outstanding balance. This agreement is secured by certain assets of Mobitec AB. Of the $1.5 million borrowing capacity under this agreement, $1.0 million renews annually on a calendar-year basis and $438,000 renews at various periods agreed-upon by both parties, with current expiration of March 31, 2007. On or before expiration, the Company expects to renew this credit agreement with an agreement substantially similar in terms and conditions.
 
Mobitec AB also has an agreement with the bank in Sweden from which it may borrow up to 9.0 million Krona, or $1.3 million U.S. At December 31, 2006, 7.6 million Krona, or $1.1 million U.S. was outstanding, resulting in additional borrowing availability of 1.4 million Krona, or $199,000 U.S. The line of credit bore an average interest rate in 2006 of 4.23% and was collateralized by accounts receivable of Mobitec AB. The agreement has an expiration date of December 31, 2007. On or before expiration, the Company expects to renew this credit agreement with an agreement substantially similar in terms and conditions.
 
Mobitec GmbH, the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary in Germany, has an agreement with a German bank from which it may currently borrow up to a maximum of 512,000 Euros or $676,000 U.S. based upon the December 31, 2006, exchange rate of 1.3203. At December 31, 2006, 481,000 Euros, or $636,000 U.S. was outstanding, resulting in additional borrowing availability of 31,000 Euros, or $40,000 U.S. The line of credit bore an average interest rate in 2006 of 4.12% and was collateralized by accounts receivable and inventories of Mobitec GmbH. This agreement has an open-ended term.
 
Additionally, capital resources were provided by the following financing activities in 2006:
 
On March 21, 2006, the Company sold an aggregate of 100 shares of its Series I Preferred, par value $.10 per share (“Series I Preferred”) to a private investor, pursuant to a share purchase agreement. The combined purchase price for the shares was $500,000. Upon issuance of the Series I Preferred, the cash advance received by the Company in December 2005, and held in the trust account of the Company’s outside legal counsel, was released to the Company. The funds, net of financing fees, will be used for general corporate purposes. In connection with the sale of the Series I Preferred, the Company issued to the investor Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 93,750 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.60 per share. The Warrants will be exercisable at any time for a period of five years after issuance.
 
On April 28, 2006, the Company, along with certain of its subsidiaries, entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with Laurus whereby the Company issued a one-year, secured term promissory note in the original principal amount of $1.6 million (the “Note”). The Note bears interest at an annual rate of 10%, with interest payable monthly in arrears, and matures April 28, 2007. The Note is secured by all U.S. assets of the Company pursuant to the Security Agreement executed as part of the Laurus Credit Agreement entered into in March 2006, which was extended to cover the Note. In addition, the Note carried a $160,000 fee upon payment of the Note, whether the Note is paid on or prior to the maturity date, which was being recognized ratably over the term of the Note. As of December 31, 2006, the entire original principal amount of $1.6 million was outstanding on the Note. Under an amendment effective December 31, 2006, the $160,000 fee due at maturity was eliminated and the Company is allowed the option to extend up to $500,000 of the principal amount due under the Note until April 30, 2008.


38


 

 
Management Conclusion
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The following factors, among others, raise substantial doubt that the Company will, in fact, be able to continue as a going concern:
 
  •  Our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006 that are filed with this Annual Report are subject to a going concern qualification and indicate that the Company has incurred substantial losses to date and has, as of December 31, 2006, an accumulated deficit of $22.4 million.
 
  •  We have incurred losses in almost every fiscal year since we have been a public company.
 
  •  Our net loss applicable to common shareholders was $4.2 million in 2006, $6.5 million in 2005, and $3.5 million in 2004.
 
  •  The Company expects to incur additional losses for the first quarter of 2007 and our management recognizes that under current conditions our current cash on hand and expected short term revenues from operations will not be adequate to fund our current operations.
 
  •  Currently, we are managing our cash accounts on a day-to-day basis and have deferred payments on trade payables which are otherwise due to vendors that supply component parts critical to producing the products we sell to our customers. Further deferrals of payments to these critical vendors could result in one or more of these vendors placing us on credit hold and not making further shipments to us until we have paid past due amounts. If this occurs and we are unable to cause such vendors to resume shipments before our on-hand inventory of those components is exhausted, we may be unable to fulfill customer orders for our products. The failure to meet customer orders in a timely fashion could cause us to lose customers or cause our customers to reduce their orders for our products. In either event, this could substantially reduce our revenues and exacerbate our liquidity challenges.
 
  •  We may not be able to pay our debts as they become due in the future, including our debts to suppliers and other trade payables which could cause such creditors to discontinue their extensions of credit to us.
 
  •  Our primary source of liquidity and capital resources has been from financing activities, and we can offer no assurances that we will be able to obtain the additional financing that will be necessary in order to continue our operations, on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.
 
  •  We believe that cost containment and expense reductions are essential if we are to continue our current operations, but we cannot assure you that we will be able to achieve sufficient cost reductions to allow us to do so.
 
  •  Our U.S. companies have guaranteed a note payable by the Company with an outstanding principal balance of $1.6 million that is due April 28, 2007. The Company has the option to extend up to $500,000 of the principal amount due under the note to April 30, 2008. At December 31, 2006, remaining borrowing availability under our U.S. line of credit was $820,000. Any remaining availability under the U.S. line of credit when the note becomes due could be applied toward repayment of the note payable on April 28, 2007. However, we can give no assurances that the borrowing availability on the U.S. line of credit together with other cash we are able to access at that time, if any, will be sufficient to make payment in full on the note payable or to make payment sufficient to exercise our option to extend the note. If we are unable to make payment in full or make payment sufficient to exercise our option to extend the note, we would be forced to obtain additional financing from a different lender or source. However, we can give no assurances that we will be able to obtain financing from another lender or source on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. In such case, an event of default would occur. The U.S. line of credit has an outstanding balance of $4.4 million as of December 31, 2006. The note payable and U.S. line of credit are covered by a master security agreement with the same lender. Pursuant to terms of the master security agreement, an event of default on the note payable would cause an event of default on the U.S. line of credit and the current lender could cause all outstanding balances on the U.S. line of credit to become due and payable on April 28, 2007 as well.


39


 

 
Any or all of these circumstances could require that we cease operations altogether and raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.
 
At February 28, 2007, we had cash and cash equivalents of $712,000 and a working capital surplus of $1.8 million.
 
Management’s Plans
 
Management’s plans to address liquidity needs include the following:
 
Purchases of component parts inventory represent a significant portion of our cash expenditures each period. The Company recently implemented purchasing and inventory control measures that are resulting in improved inventory turns which we estimate will continue through 2007.
 
Additional cash-generating opportunities include prioritizing and accelerating the completion date of all revenue projects that require final payment by the customer upon completion. The Company currently has several integrated systems projects underway with scheduled completion dates ranging from three to six months in the future.
 
During late 2006 and early 2007, the Company implemented limited workforce reduction by attrition and, as a result, payroll expense was reduced by approximately $264,000 annually. Management has additionally implemented, effective in the second quarter of 2007, adjustments to the work force to reduce expenses by an estimated $1.2 million annually, bringing the total reduction of expenses of such actions to an estimated $1.4 million annually.
 
Management is reviewing discretionary expenditures such as marketing, advertising, consulting, travel and entertainment, and non-discretionary expenditures for services such as accounting, legal, investor relations and other related services to determine that the company is obtaining the appropriate cost-benefit relationship in each of these critical areas.
 
In addition to actions taken to reduce expenses, selective divestiture of non-core assets is being evaluated and consideration of a limited private equity placement is also being evaluated.
 
The preceding plans, taken in total, may provide adequate liquidity for execution of our 2007 operating plans. However, we can give no assurances of such and failure to execute in one or more of these areas could cause the Company to be unable to continue its operations.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
DRI’s significant accounting policies and estimates used in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements are discussed in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The following is a listing of DRI’s critical accounting policies and estimates and a brief description of each:
 
  •  Allowance for doubtful accounts;
 
  •  Inventory valuation and warranty reserve;
 
  •  Intangible assets and goodwill;
 
  •  Income taxes, including deferred tax assets;
 
  •  Revenue recognition; and
 
  •  Stock-based compensation
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
Our allowance for doubtful accounts relates to trade accounts receivable. It reflects our estimate of the amount of our outstanding accounts receivable that are not likely to be collected. Most of our company’s sales are to large OEM equipment manufacturers or to state or local governmental units or authorities, so management expects low losses from true collectibles problems resulting from insolvency or actual inability to pay. The allowance for doubtful accounts is a periodic estimate prepared by management based upon identification of the collections of


40


 

specific accounts and the overall condition of the receivable portfolios. When evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts, we analyze our trade receivables, the customer relationships underlying the receivables, historical bad debts, customer concentrations, customer creditworthiness, current economic trends, and changes in customer payment terms.
 
Inventory Valuation and Warranty Reserve
 
We periodically evaluate the carrying amount of inventory based upon current shipping forecasts and Warranty and post-Warranty component requirements. Our company, as a part of the sale, typically extends a Warranty term generally ranging from one to three years. We account for this liability through a Warranty reserve on the balance sheet. Additionally, in special situations, we may, solely at our discretion, use extended or post-Warranty services as a marketing tool. In these instances, such future Warranty costs have previously been included in the established Warranty reserves. Many of our customers have contractual or legal requirements which dictate an extended period of time for us to maintain replacement parts. Our evaluation of inventory reserves involves an approach that incorporates both recent historical information and management estimates of trends. Our approach is intended to take into consideration potential excess and obsolescence in relation to our installed base, engineering changes, uses for components in other products, return rights with vendors and end-of-life manufacture. If any of the elements of our estimate were to deteriorate, additional write-downs may be required. The inventory write-down calculations are reviewed periodically and additional write-downs are recorded as deemed necessary.
 
Intangible Assets and Goodwill
 
In 2002, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” became effective and, as a result, we ceased to amortize goodwill at January 1, 2002. In lieu of amortization, SFAS No. 142 requires that we perform an impairment review of goodwill at least annually, or when management becomes aware of any circumstance or trend that is reasonably likely to give rise to impairment. SFAS No. 142 requires us to test goodwill for impairment at a level referred to as a reporting unit. Goodwill is considered impaired and a loss is recognized when the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. We must use estimates and assumptions about the Company’s market value to assign fair value to a reporting unit.
 
Income Taxes
 
We are required to pay income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. These jurisdictions include the U.S. Government and several states, and a number of foreign countries. Each of these jurisdictions has its own laws and regulations, some of which are quite complex and some of which are the subject of disagreement among experts and authorities as to interpretation and application. The estimation process for preparation of our financial statements involves estimating our actual current tax expense together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for income tax and accounting purposes. We review internally our operations and the application of applicable laws and rules to our circumstances. To the extent we believe necessary, we also seek the advice of professional advisers in various jurisdictions.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
The Company recognizes the majority of its revenue in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements” (“SAB 104”). SAB 104 sets forth guidelines on the timing of revenue recognition based upon factors such as passage of title, purchase agreements, established pricing and defined shipping and delivery terms. We recognize revenue in accordance with SAB 104 when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; delivery of the products or services has occurred; the selling price is fixed or determinable; and collectibility is reasonably assured. Even though the Company receives customer sales orders that may require scheduled product deliveries over several months, sales are only recognized upon physical shipment of the product to the customer, provided that all other criteria of revenue recognition are met.
 
The Company’s transactions sometimes involve multiple elements (i.e., products, systems, installation and other services). Revenue under multiple element arrangements is recognized in accordance with Emerging Issues


41


 

Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 00-21, “Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables”. EITF No. 00-21 provides that revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables should be divided into separate units of accounting if certain criteria are met. If there is objective and reliable evidence of fair value for all units of accounting in an arrangement, the arrangement consideration is allocated to the separate elements based on their relative fair values (the relative fair value method). In cases in which there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of undelivered items in an arrangement but no such evidence for the delivered items, the amount of consideration allocated to the delivered items equals the total arrangement consideration less the aggregate fair value of the undelivered items.
 
Revenue from more complex or time-spanning projects within which there are multiple deliverables including products, services, and software are accounted for in accordance with Statement of Position 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition” or Statement of Position 81-1, “Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts,” depending upon the facts and circumstances unique to each project. Under each of these Statements of Position, revenue is recognized over the life of the project based upon (1) meeting specific delivery or performance criteria, or (2) based upon the percentage of project completion achieved in each accounting period.
 
Service revenues are recognized upon completion of the services and include product repair not under warranty, city route mapping, product installation, training, consulting to transit authorities, and funded research and development projects. Service revenues were less than 3% of total revenue for 2006, 2005, and 2004.
 
Stock-based Compensation
 
Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (Revised 2004) “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”) to account for stock-based compensation. Under SFAS 123R, the Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value is then amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally the option vesting term. This option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including an option’s expected life and the expected volatility of the Company’s Common Stock.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
DRI does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on its financial condition, changes in financial condition, sales or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that would be material to investors. We do, however, have Warrants to acquire shares of our Common Stock outstanding at varied exercise prices. For further discussion see Note 11, “Common Stock Warrants” in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Other than lease commitments, legal contingencies incurred in the normal course of business and employment contracts of key employees, we do not have any off-balance sheet financing arrangements or liabilities. We do not have any majority-owned subsidiaries or any interests in or relationships with any special-purpose entities that are not included in the consolidated financial statements.


42


 

 
Contractual Obligations
 
Our material contractual obligations at December 31, 2006 are as follows:
 
                                                 
    Payments Due by Period        
    Total
                               
    Amounts
    Less Than
                After
       
Contractual Obligations
  Committed     1 Year     2-3 Years     4-5 Years     5 Years        
    (In thousands)        
 
Long-Term Debt Obligations
  $ 258     $ 254     $ 4     $     $          
Note payable
    1,600       1,600                            
Capital Lease Obligations
    60       22       38                      
Operating Lease Obligations
    2,896       887       1,378       629       2          
Purchase Obligations
                                     
Other Long-Term Liabilities
    1,480       194       388       388       510          
                                                 
      6,294       2,957       1,808       1,017       512          
Interest Payments (ranging from 7.5% to 10%)
    113       110       3                      
                                                 
Total
  $ 6,407     $ 3,067     $ 1,811     $ 1,017     $ 512          
                                                 
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”), which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in tax positions. FIN 48 defines the threshold for recognizing tax return positions in the financial statements as “more likely than not” that the position is sustainable, based on its technical merits. FIN 48 also provides guidance on the measurement, classification and disclosure of tax return positions in the financial statements. FIN 48 is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of 2007. The Company is in the process of determining the effect, if any, the adoption of FIN 48 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” The Statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This Statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company believes the adoption of SFAS 157 will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin 108 (“SAB 108”), “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements When Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements.” SAB 108 provides interpretive guidance on the consideration of the effects of prior year misstatements in quantifying current year misstatements for the purpose of a materiality assessment. SAB 108 was effective for fiscal years ending after November 15, 2006 and had no impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115.” SFAS No. 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected are reported in earnings. SFAS No. 159 does not affect any existing accounting literature that requires certain assets and liabilities to be carried at fair value. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We do not expect our adoption of this new standard to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


43


 

 
Impact of Inflation
 
We believe that inflation has not had a material impact upon our results of operations for each of our fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006. However, there can be no assurance that future inflation will not have an adverse impact upon our operating results and financial condition.
 
Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
We are subject to certain risks arising from transactions in the normal course of our business. Such risk is principally associated with interest rate and foreign currency exchange fluctuations, as explained below.
 
  Interest Rate Risk
 
We utilize variable-rate debt through revolving credit facilities to support working capital needs. If interest rates on December 31, 2006 increased by 100 basis points on that date and then remained constant at the higher rate throughout 2007, our interest costs on our outstanding variable-rate borrowings under our revolving lines of credit at December 31, 2006 of $7.6 million would increase by approximately $76,000 for the year ending December 31, 2007. Similarly, if interest rates on December 31, 2006 decreased by 100 basis points on that date and then remained constant at the lower rate throughout 2007, our interest costs on our outstanding variable rate borrowings at December 31, 2006 of $7.6 million would decrease by approximately $76,000 for the year ending December 31, 2007. We currently do not use derivative instruments to manage our interest rate risk.
 
At December 31, 2006, we had outstanding long-term fixed rate borrowings (including current portions) of $258,000. We also had a fixed-rate note payable with an outstanding balance of $1.6 million at December 31, 2006. We believe the carrying amount of our fixed rate borrowings approximates the estimated fair value for debt with similar terms, interest rates and remaining maturities currently available to companies with similar credit ratings at December 31, 2006. We do not expect changes in the fair value of our fixed-rate borrowings to have a significant effect upon our operations, cash flow or financial position.
 
  Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
 
Our international subsidiaries operate in Europe (particularly the Nordic countries), South America, the Middle East and Australia and use local currencies as the functional currency and the U.S. dollar as the reporting currency. Transactions between our company and the international subsidiaries are generally denominated in U.S. dollars. Approximately 50% of our revenues are denominated in international currencies. As a result, we have certain exposures to foreign currency risk. However, management believes that such exposure does not present a significant risk due to the relative stability of the European and Nordic countries and Australia. Risk in the Middle East and South America is mitigated due to those revenues representing only approximately 13% of our consolidated revenues.
 
Our international operations represent a substantial portion of our overall operating results and asset base. Our identifiable foreign currency exchange rate exposures result primarily from accounts receivable from customer sales, anticipated purchases of product from third-party suppliers and the repayment of inter-company loans with foreign subsidiaries denominated in foreign currencies. We primarily manage our foreign currency risk by making use of naturally offsetting positions. These natural hedges are accomplished, for example, by using local manufacturing facilities that conduct business in local currency and the use of borrowings denominated in local currencies.
 
Gains and losses on U.S. dollar-denominated transactions are recorded within other income and expense in the consolidated statements of operations. A net gain was recorded in the amount of $151,000 in 2006, a net loss was recorded in the amount of $301,000 in 2005 and a net gain was recorded in the amount of $55,000 in 2004. The gain in 2006 was primarily due to an increase in the value of the Swedish Krona (SEK) against the U.S. dollar, from a December 31, 2005 exchange rate of 7.9623 (SEK per U.S. dollar) to a December 31, 2006 exchange rate of 6.8537 (SEK per U.S. dollar). The loss in 2005 was primarily due to the increase in value of the U.S. dollar from a December 31, 2004, exchange rate of 6.6137 (SEK per U.S. dollar) to a December 31, 2005, rate of 7.9623 (SEK per U.S. dollar). The gain in 2004 primarily was due to the increase in value in the Swedish Krona (SEK) from a


44


 

December 31, 2003 rate of 7.2449 (SEK per U.S. dollar) to a December 31, 2004 rate of 6.6137 (SEK per U.S. dollar). We currently do not use derivative instruments to manage our foreign currency risk.
 
The table below provides information about our financial instruments and firmly committed sales transactions by functional currency and presents such information in U.S. dollar equivalents. The table summarizes information on instruments and transactions that are sensitive to foreign currency exchange rates, consisting solely of SEK denominated debt obligations. The table presents principal cash flows and related weighted average interest rates by expected maturity dates.
 
                                                 
On-Balance Sheet
  Expected Maturity Date  
Financial Instruments
  2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     Thereafter  
    (In thousands)  
 
Long-term debt:
                                               
Variable rate (SEK)
  $ 3,202     $     $     $     $     $  
Average interest rate
    3.75 %     %     %     %     %     %


45


 

 
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
DIGITAL RECORDERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
 
         
Section
  Page  
 
    47  
    48  
    49  
    50  
    51  
    52  
Financial Statement Schedule:
       
    88  


46


 

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
of Digital Recorders, Inc.:
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Digital Recorders, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and has an accumulated deficit that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (signed)
 
March 28, 2007
Raleigh, NC


47


 

 
DIGITAL RECORDERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In thousands,
 
    except shares and per share amounts)  
 
ASSETS
Current Assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 611     $ 807  
Trade accounts receivable, net
    10,368       8,425  
Other receivables
    147       211  
Inventories
    9,324       8,212  
Prepaids and other current assets
    429       946  
                 
Total current assets
    20,879       18,601  
                 
Property and equipment, net
    3,131       3,741  
Goodwill
    11,250       9,762  
Intangible assets, net
    1,110       1,069  
Deferred tax assets, net
    191       231  
Other assets
    797       144  
                 
Total assets
  $ 37,358     $ 33,548  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current Liabilities
               
Lines of credit
  $ 7,608     $ 5,000  
Notes payable, net
    1,584        
Current portion of long-term debt
    254       1,177  
Current portion of foreign tax settlement
    393        
Accounts payable
    5,620       5,537  
Accrued expenses
    2,935       2,854  
Preferred stock dividends payable
    23       72  
                 
Total current liabilities
    18,417       14,640  
                 
Long-term debt and capital leases, less current portion
    42       68  
                 
Foreign tax settlement, net of current portion
    1,087        
                 
Deferred tax liabilities
    383       382  
                 
Minority interest in consolidated subsidiary
    234       892  
                 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 6, 7, 8, 18, and 20)
               
Shareholders’ Equity
               
Series E Redeemable, Nonvoting, Convertible Preferred Stock, $.10 par value, liquidation preference of $5,000 per share; 500 shares authorized; 183 and 207 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2006, and December 31, 2005, respectively; redeemable at the discretion of the Company at any time
    495       615  
Series G Redeemable, Convertible Preferred Stock, $.10 par value, liquidation preference of $5,000 per share; 600 shares authorized; 379 and 343 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively; redeemable at the discretion of the Company after five years from date of issuance
    1,613       1,434  
Series H Redeemable, Convertible Preferred Stock, $.10 par value, liquidation preference of $5,000 per share; 600 shares authorized; 54 and 50 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2006, and December 31, 2005, respectively; redeemable at the discretion of the Company after five years from date of issuance
    222       202  
Series I Redeemable, Convertible Preferred Stock, $.10 par value, liquidation preference of $5,000 per share; 200 shares authorized; 104 and 0 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2006, and December 31, 2005, respectively; redeemable at the discretion of the Company after five years from date of issuance
    471        
Series AAA Redeemable, Nonvoting, Convertible Preferred Stock, $.10 par value, liquidation preference of $5,000 per share; 20,000 shares authorized; 178 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively; redeemable at the discretion of the Company at any time
    890       890  
Common stock, $.10 par value, 25,000,000 shares authorized; 10,045,675 and 9,733,515 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively
    1,004       973  
Additional paid-in capital
    31,517       30,446  
Accumulated other comprehensive income — foreign currency translation
    3,397       1,526  
Accumulated deficit
    (22,414 )     (18,520 )
                 
Total shareholders’ equity
    17,195       17,566  
                 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 37,358     $ 33,548  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


48


 

 
DIGITAL RECORDERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In thousands, except share
 
    and per share amounts)  
 
Net sales
  $ 51,338     $ 45,345     $ 47,773  
Cost of sales
    36,607       30,003       29,827  
                         
Gross profit
    14,731       15,342       17,946  
                         
Operating expenses
                       
Selling, general and administrative
    16,065       18,537       17,472  
Research and development
    1,475       1,637       1,916  
                         
Total operating expenses
    17,540       20,174       19,388  
                         
Operating loss
    (2,809 )     (4,832 )     (1,442 )
                         
Other income (loss)
    (55 )     317       178  
Foreign currency gain (loss)
    151       (301 )     55  
Interest expense
    (1,508 )     (481 )     (908 )
                         
Total other income and expense
    (1,412 )     (465 )     (675 )
                         
Loss before income tax expense
    (4,221 )     (5,297 )     (2,117 )
Income tax expense
    (331 )     (176 )     (973 )
                         
Loss before minority interest in (income) loss of consolidated subsidiary
    (4,552 )     (5,473 )     (3,090 )
Minority interest in (income) loss of consolidated subsidiary
    658       (451 )     (102 )
                         
Net loss
    (3,894 )     (5,924 )     (3,192 )
Provision for preferred stock dividends
    (298 )     (203 )     (284 )
Amortization for discount on preferred stock
    (49 )     (323 )      
                         
Net loss applicable to common shareholders
  $ (4,241 )   $ (6,450 )   $ (3,476 )
                         
Net loss per share applicable to common shareholders
                       
Basic and diluted
  $ (0.43 )   $ (0.67 )   $ (0.49 )
                         
Weighted average number of common shares and common share equivalent outstanding
                       
Basic and diluted
    9,787,599       9,675,580       7,149,544  
                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


49


 

 
DIGITAL RECORDERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
 
                                                                         
    Preferred Stock     Common Stock                 Accumulated
             
    Number
          Number
          Additional
    Accum-
    Other
    Compre-
    Total
 
    of Shares
    Book
    of Shares
          Paid-in
    ulated
    Comprehensive
    hensive
    Shareholders’
 
    Issued     Value     Issued     Par Value     Capital     Deficit     Income (Loss)     Income (Loss)     Equity  
    (In thousands, except shares)  
 
Balance as of January 1, 2004
    1,017     $ 4,710       3,944,475     $ 394     $ 13,260     $ (9,404 )   $ 2,272             $ 11,232  
Issuance of common stock
                    1,906,358       191       8,597                               8,788  
Common stock warrant exercise
                    473,812       47       1,292                               1,339  
Conversion of notes payable to common stock
                    2,075,000       208       3,942                               4,150  
Issuance of Series E Preferred stock
    67       290                       (20 )                             270  
Issuance of Series F Preferred stock
    4       20                       (75 )                             (55 )
Issuance of warrants for service
                                    48                               48  
Preferred stock dividends
                                    (284 )                             (284 )
Conversion of Series AAA Preferred stock
    (108 )     (540 )     67,500       7       533                                
Conversion of Series F Preferred stock
    (304 )     (1,520 )     760,232       76       1,444                                
Conversion of Series E Preferred stock
    (223 )     (1,115 )     371,659       37       1,078                                
Comprehensive income (loss)
                                                                       
Net loss
                                            (3,192 )           $ (3,192 )     (3,192 )
Translation adjustment
                                                    1,345       1,345       1,345  
                                                                         
Total comprehensive loss
                                                          $ (1,847 )        
                                                                         
Balance as of December 31, 2004
    453     $ 1,845       9,599,036     $ 960     $ 29,815     $ (12,596 )   $ 3,617             $ 23,641  
                                                                         
Reclass from Investment in subsidiary by Mobitec GmbH
                                    65                               65  
Issuance of warrants for service
                                    11                               11  
Issuance of common stock
                    72,667       7       142                               149  
Conversion of Series AAA Preferred stock, net of costs
    (68 )     (340 )     61,812       6       328                               (6 )
Issuance of Series G Preferred stock, net of discount
    393       1,648                       275                               1,923  
Value of Beneficial Conversion feature of Series G Preferred stock
                                    (275 )                             (275 )
Amortization of Series G Preferred Beneficial Conversion
                                    275                               275  
Value of Beneficial Conversion feature of Series H Preferred stock
                                    (48 )                             (48 )
Amortization of Series H Preferred Beneficial Conversion
                                    48                               48  
Rescission of Series G Preferred stock and associated warrants
    (50 )     (214 )                     (35 )                             (249 )
Issuance of Series H Preferred stock
    50       202                       48                               250  
Preferred stock dividends
                                    (203 )                             (203 )
Comprehensive loss:
                                                                       
Net loss
                                            (5,924 )           $ (5,924 )     (5,924 )
Translation adjustment
                                                    (2,091 )     (2,091 )     (2,091 )
                                                                         
Total comprehensive loss
                                                          $ (8,015 )        
                                                                         
Balance as of December 31, 2005
    778     $ 3,141       9,733,515     $ 973     $ 30,446     $ (18,520 )   $ 1,526             $ 17,566  
                                                                         
Issuance of common stock
                    272,166       27       304                               331  
Issuance of Series I Preferred Stock, net of discount
    100       450                       49                               499  
Value of Beneficial Conversion feature of Series I Preferred stock
                                    (49 )                             (49 )
Amortization of Series I Preferred Beneficial Conversion
                                    49                               49  
Conversion of Series E Preferred Stock
    (24 )     (120 )     39,994       4       116                                
Issuance of Series G Preferred Stock dividend
    36       180                                                       180  
Issuance of Series H Preferred Stock dividend
    4       20                                                       20  
Issuance of Series I Preferred Stock dividend
    4       20                                                       20  
Issuance of warrants
                                    638                               638  
Amortization of convertible subordinated debenture beneficial conversion feature
                                    212                               212  
Preferred stock dividends
                                    (298 )                             (298 )
Stock-based compensation expense
                                    50                               50  
Comprehensive loss:
                                                                       
Net loss
                                            (3,894 )           $ (3,894 )     (3,894 )
Translation adjustment
                                                    1,871       1,871       1,871  
                                                                         
Total comprehensive loss
                                                          $ (2,023 )        
                                                                         
Balance as of December 31, 2006
    898     $ 3,691       10,045,675     $ 1,004     $ 31,517     $ (22,414 )   $ 3,397             $ 17,195  
                                                                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


50


 

 
DIGITAL RECORDERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In thousands)  
Cash flows from operating activities
                       
Net loss
  $ (3,894 )   $ (5,924 )   $ (3,192 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
                       
Deferred income taxes
    57       (90 )     856  
Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment
    1,333       1,290       752  
Amortization of intangible assets
    111       110       158  
Amortization of deferred financing costs
    271       122       146  
Amortization of beneficial conversion feature
    212              
Amortization of the fair value of warrants
    278              
Bad debt expense
    240       265       110  
Stock issued in lieu of cash compensation
    63              
Stock-based compensation expense
    50              
Write-down of inventory for obsolescence
    122       1,410       1,446  
Loss on sale of fixed assets
    11       10        
Other, primarily effect of foreign currency gain/loss
    (291 )     220       214  
Minority interest in income (loss) of consolidated subsidiary
    (658 )     451       102  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
                       
(Increase) decrease in trade accounts receivable
    (1,617 )     1,205       (3,352 )
Decrease in other receivables
    25       41       140  
Increase in inventories
    (830 )     (796 )     (835 )
(Increase) decrease in prepaids and other current assets
    54       (105 )     8  
Decrease in other assets
    8       61       160  
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable
    (170 )     1,152       (1,932 )
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses
    (48 )     751       59  
Increase in foreign tax settlement
    1,502              
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    (3,171 )     173       (5,160 )
                         
Cash flows from investing activities
                       
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets
    4       10       5  
Purchases of property and equipment
    (261 )     (674 )     (855 )
Investments in software development
    (201 )     (1,020 )     (922 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (458 )     (1,684 )     (1,772 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities
                       
Proceeds from bank borrowings and lines of credit
    67,376       55,336       64,017  
Principal payments on bank borrowings and lines of credit
    (63,961 )     (55,721 )     (67,289 )
Proceeds from issuance of Preferred stock, net of costs
    485       1,887       215  
Payments related to financing of new line of credit
    (329 )            
Payments related to financing of note payable
    (81 )            
Proceeds from issuance of common stock and stock option exercises
          149       10,127  
Payment of dividends on Preferred stock
    (128 )     (147 )     (330 )
                         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    3,362       1,504       6,740  
                         
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    71       (27 )     63  
                         
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
    (196 )     (34 )     (129 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    807       841       970  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 611     $ 807     $ 841  
                         
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
                       
Cash paid during the period for interest
  $ 648     $ 446     $ 887  
                         
Cash paid during the period for income taxes
  $ 323     $ 231     $ 117  
                         
Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing and financing activities:
                       
Equipment acquired through issuance of capital lease
  $     $     $ 107  
                         
Conversion of debt to common stock
  $     $     $ 4,150  
                         
Series F Preferred stock dividend paid-in-kind
  $     $     $ 20  
                         
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock
  $ 120     $ 340     $ 3,175  
                         
Fair value of warrants issued as part of financing
  $ 638     $     $ 2,486  
                         
Fair value of common stock issued in connection with Laurus Omnibus Amendment
  $ 268     $     $  
                         
Laurus Omnibus Amendment fee
  $ 18     $     $  
                         
Relative fair value of warrants issued for services
  $     $ 11     $  
                         
Recision of Series G preferred stock in exchange for note payable
  $       252        
                         
Recision of note payable in exchange for Series H Preferred stock
  $     $ 250     $  
                         
Note receivable from investor
  $     $ 500     $  
                         
Relative fair value allocated to warrants issued in connection with sale of Preferred stock
  $ 49     $ 323        
                         
Amortization of Preferred stock beneficial conversion feature
  $ 49     $ 323        
                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


51


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
(1)  Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
  (a)   Organization and Liquidity
 
Organization.  Digital Recorders, Inc. (“DRI”, “Company”, “we”, “our”, or “us”) was incorporated in 1983 and became a public company through an initial public offering in November 1994. DRI’s Common Stock, $.10 par value per share, trades on the NASDAQ Capital Market® under the symbol “TBUS” and on the Boston Stock Exchange under the symbol “TBUS.”
 
Through its business units and wholly owned subsidiaries, DRI manufactures, sells, and services information technology and surveillance technology products either directly or through contractors. DRI currently operates within two major business segments: (1) the Transportation Communications Segment, and (2) the Law Enforcement and Surveillance Segment. Customers include municipalities, regional transportation districts, federal, state and local departments of transportation, bus manufacturers, and law enforcement agencies and organizations. The Company markets primarily to customers located in North and South America, Far East, Middle East, Asia, Australia, and Europe.
 
Liquidity.  The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The following factors, among others, raise substantial doubt that the Company will, in fact, be able to continue as a going concern:
 
  •  Our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006 that are filed with this Annual Report are subject to a going concern qualification and indicate that the Company has incurred substantial losses to date and has, as of December 31, 2006, an accumulated deficit of $22.4 million.
 
  •  We have incurred losses in almost every fiscal year since we have been a public company.
 
  •  Our net loss applicable to common shareholders was $4.2 million in 2006, $6.5 million in 2005, and $3.5 million in 2004.
 
  •  The Company expects to incur additional losses for the first quarter of 2007 and our management recognizes that under current conditions our current cash on hand and expected short term revenues from operations will not be adequate to fund our current operations.
 
  •  Currently, we are managing our cash accounts on a day-to-day basis and have deferred payment on trade payables which are otherwise due to vendors that supply component parts critical to producing the products we sell to our customers. Further deferrals of payments to these critical vendors could result in one or more of these vendors placing us on credit hold and not making further shipments to us until we have paid past due amounts. If this occurs and we are unable to cause such vendors to resume shipments before our on-hand inventory of those components is exhausted, we may be unable to fulfill customer orders for our products. The failure to meet customer orders in a timely fashion could cause us to lose customers or cause our customers to reduce their orders for our products. In either event, this could substantially reduce our revenues and exacerbate our liquidity challenges.
 
  •  We may not be able to pay our debts as they become due in the future, including our debts to suppliers and other trade payables which could cause such creditors to discontinue their extensions of credit to us.
 
  •  Our primary source of liquidity and capital resources has been from financing activities, and we can offer no assurances that we will be able to obtain the additional financing that will be necessary in order to continue our operations, on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.
 
  •  We believe that cost containment and expense reductions are essential if we are to continue our current operations, but we cannot assure you that we will be able to achieve sufficient cost reductions to allow us to do so.


52


 

 
  •  Our U.S. companies have guaranteed a note payable by the Company with an outstanding principal balance of $1.6 million that is due April 28, 2007. The Company has the option to extend up to $500,000 of the principal amount due under the note to April 30, 2008. At December 31, 2006, remaining borrowing availability under our U.S. line of credit was $820,000. Any remaining availability under the U.S. line of credit when the note becomes due could be applied toward repayment of the note payable on April 28, 2007. However, we can give no assurances that the borrowing availability on the U.S. line of credit together with other cash we are able to access at that time, if any, will be sufficient to make payment in full on the note payable or to make payment sufficient to exercise our option to extend the note. If we are unable to make payment in full or make payment sufficient to exercise our option to extend the note, we would be forced to obtain additional financing from a different lender or source. However, we can give no assurances that we will be able to obtain financing from another lender or source on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. In such case, an event of default would occur. The U.S. line of credit has an outstanding balance of $4.4 million as of December 31, 2006. The note payable and U.S. line of credit are covered by a master security agreement with the same lender. Pursuant to terms of the master security agreement, an event of default on the note payable would cause an event of default on the U.S. line of credit and the current lender could cause all outstanding balances on the U.S. line of credit to become due and payable on April 28, 2007 as well.
 
Any or all of these circumstances could require that we cease operations altogether and raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.
 
Management’s plans to address liquidity needs include the following:
 
Purchases of component parts inventory represent a significant portion of our cash expenditures each period. The Company recently implemented purchasing and inventory control measures that are resulting in improved inventory turns which we estimate will continue through 2007.
 
Additional cash-generating opportunities include prioritizing and accelerating the completion date of all revenue projects that require final payment by the customer upon completion. The Company currently has several integrated systems projects underway with scheduled completion dates ranging from three to six months in the future.
 
During late 2006 and early 2007, the Company implemented limited workforce reduction by attrition and, as a result, payroll expense was reduced by approximately $264,000 annually. Management has additionally implemented, effective in the second quarter of 2007, adjustments to the work force to reduce expenses by an estimated $1.2 million annually, bringing the total reduction of expenses of such actions to an estimated $1.4 million annually.
 
Management is reviewing discretionary expenditures such as marketing, advertising, consulting, travel and entertainment, and non-discretionary expenditures for services such as accounting, legal, investor relations and other related services to determine that the company is obtaining the appropriate cost-benefit relationship in each of these critical areas.
 
In addition to actions taken to reduce expenses, selective divestiture of non-core assets is being evaluated and consideration of a limited private equity placement is also being evaluated.
 
The preceding plans, taken in total, may provide adequate liquidity for execution of our 2007 operating plans. However, we can give no assurances of such and failure to execute in one or more of these areas could cause the Company to be unable to continue its operations.
 
  (b)   Principles of Consolidation
 
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its majority owned subsidiaries, and its 50% owned subsidiary over which the Company has controlling authority through membership in that subsidiary’s board of directors. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.


53


 

 
  (c)   Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
The Company’s operations are affected by numerous factors including, but not limited to, changes in laws and governmental regulations and technological advances. The Company cannot predict if any of these factors might have a significant impact upon the transportation communications and the law enforcement and surveillance industries in the future, nor can it predict what impact, if any, the occurrence of these or other events might have upon the Company’s operations and cash flows. Significant estimates and assumptions made by management are used for, but not limited to, the allowance for doubtful accounts, the obsolescence of certain inventory, the estimated useful lives of long-lived and intangible assets, the recoverability of such assets by their estimated future undiscounted cash flows, the fair value of reporting units and indefinite life intangible assets, the fair value of equity instruments and warrants, the allowance for warranty claim reserves, and the purchase price allocations used in the Company’s acquisitions.
 
  (d)   Cash Equivalents
 
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. At times, the Company places temporary cash investments with high credit quality financial institutions in amounts that may be in excess of FDIC insurance limits. During 2006, temporary cash investments were as high as $1.6 million.
 
  (e)   Revenue Recognition
 
The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements” (“SAB 104”). SAB 104 sets forth guidelines on the timing of revenue recognition based upon factors such as passage of title, purchase agreements, established pricing and defined shipping and delivery terms. We recognize revenue in accordance with SAB 104 when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; delivery of the products or services has occurred; the selling price is fixed or determinable; and collectibility is reasonably assured. Even though the Company receives customer sales orders that may require scheduled product deliveries over several months, sales are only recognized upon physical shipment of the product to the customer, provided that all other criteria of revenue recognition are met.
 
The Company’s transactions sometimes involve multiple elements (i.e., products, systems, installation and other services). Revenue under multiple element arrangements is recognized in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 00-21, “Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables”. EITF No. 00-21 provides that revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables should be divided into separate units of accounting if certain criteria are met. If there is objective and reliable evidence of fair value for all units of accounting in an arrangement, the arrangement consideration is allocated to the separate elements based on their relative fair values (the relative fair value method). In cases in which there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of undelivered items in an arrangement but no such evidence for the delivered items, the amount of consideration allocated to the delivered items equals the total arrangement consideration less the aggregate fair value of the undelivered items.
 
Revenue from more complex or time-spanning projects within which there are multiple deliverables including products, services, and software are accounted for in accordance with Statement of Position 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition” or Statement of Position 81-1, “Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts,” depending upon the facts and circumstances unique to each project. Under each of these Statements of Position, revenue is recognized over the life of the project based upon (1) meeting specific delivery or performance criteria, or (2) based upon the percentage of project completion achieved in each accounting period.


54


 

 
Service revenues are recognized upon completion of the services and include product repair not under warranty, city route mapping, product installation, training, consulting to transit authorities, and funded research and development projects. Service revenues were less than 3% of total revenue for 2006, 2005, and 2004.
 
  (f)   Customer Concentration
 
We generate a significant portion of our sales from a relatively small number of key customers, the composition of which may vary from year to year. Our major customers (defined as those customers to which we made sales greater than 10% of DRI’s total sales) in 2006, 2005, and 2004 were transit bus original equipment manufacturers. In 2006, three customers accounted for 19.2% of sales. In 2005, three customers accounted for 22.8% of sales. In 2004, two customers accounted for 22.9% of sales. We sell our products to a limited set of customers. Concentration and credit risk are a function of the orders we receive in any given period of time. Loss of one or more of these key customers could have an adverse impact, possibly material, on the Company.
 
  (g)   Trade Accounts Receivable
 
The Company routinely assesses the financial strength of its customers and, as a consequence, believes that its trade receivable credit risk exposure is limited. Trade receivables are carried at original invoice amount less an estimate provided for doubtful receivables, based upon a review of all outstanding amounts on a monthly basis. An allowance for doubtful accounts is provided for known and anticipated credit losses, as determined by management in the course of regularly evaluating individual customer receivables. This evaluation takes into consideration a customer’s financial condition and credit history, as well as current economic conditions. Trade receivables are written off when deemed uncollectible.
 
Recoveries of trade receivables previously written off are recorded when received. No interest is charged on customer accounts.
 
  (h)   Inventories
 
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined by the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Our evaluation of inventory obsolescence involves an approach that incorporates both recent historical information and management estimates of trends. Our approach is intended to take into consideration potential excess and obsolescence in relation to our installed base, engineering changes, uses for components in other products, return rights with vendors and end-of-life manufacture.
 
  (i)   Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment are stated at cost and are primarily depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets ranging from three to nine years. The Company periodically evaluates the recoverability of its property and equipment. If facts and circumstances suggest that the property and equipment will not be recoverable, as determined based upon the undiscounted cash flows over the remaining depreciable period, the carrying value of property and equipment will be reduced to its fair value using prices for similar assets. To date, management has determined that no impairment of property and equipment exists.
 
  (j)   Goodwill and Indefinite Life Intangible Assets
 
Under SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” goodwill is not amortized but is tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired. Management has determined the Company does not have indefinite life intangible assets.
 
For goodwill, the impairment evaluation includes a comparison of the carrying value of the business unit (including goodwill) to that business unit’s fair value. If the business unit’s estimated fair value exceeds the business unit’s carrying value, no impairment of goodwill exists. If the fair value of the business unit does not exceed the unit’s carrying value, then an additional analysis is performed to allocate the fair value of the reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit as if that unit had been acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair


55


 

value of the reporting unit goodwill is less than the carrying value of the unit’s goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the difference. To date, management has determined that no impairment of goodwill exists.
 
  (k)   Intangible Assets
 
Intangible assets recorded as part of the acquisitions of Transit-Media and Digital Audio Corporation consist of certain deferred costs, tooling and related costs, and costs incurred to apply for and obtain patents on internally developed technology. Intangible assets also consist of a listing of customer relationships recorded as part of the acquisition of Mobitec. Intangible assets are amortized using a straight-line method over three to 15 years. The Company periodically evaluates the recoverability of its intangible assets. If facts and circumstances suggest that the intangible assets will not be recoverable, as determined based upon the undiscounted cash flows of the entity acquired and the patented products over the remaining amortization period, the carrying value of the intangible assets will be reduced to its fair value (estimated discounted future cash flows). To date, management has determined that no impairment of intangible assets exists.
 
  (l)   Research and Development Costs
 
Research and development costs relating principally to product development in our transportation communication and law enforcement and surveillance segments are charged to operations as incurred. Research and development costs were $1.5 million, $1.6 million, and $1.9 million in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
 
  (m)   Advertising Costs
 
Advertising costs are charged to operations as incurred. Advertising costs were $299,000, $110,000, and $101,000 in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
 
  (n)   Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs
 
The Company includes in net sales all shipping and handling fees billed to customers. Shipping and handling costs associated with inbound and outbound freight are included in cost of sales and totaled $1.1 million, $1.3 million, and $1.0 million in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
 
  (o)   Per Share Amounts
 
The basic net income (loss) per common share has been computed based upon the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Diluted net income (loss) per common share has been computed based upon the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding and shares that would have been outstanding assuming the issuance of Common Stock for all potentially dilutive securities outstanding. The Company’s Preferred Stock and debt and outstanding stock options and Warrants represent the only potentially dilutive securities outstanding. The amount of net loss used in the calculations of diluted and basic income (loss) per common share was unchanged from the net loss reported for each respective year presented. Diluted net loss per common share is equal to the basic net loss per common share for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 as common equivalent shares from stock options, stock Warrants and Convertible Debentures would have an anti-dilutive effect because of the loss from continuing operations. As of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, there were approximately 4,758,272, 3,718,147, and 2,531,940, respectively, of potentially dilutive securities from Convertible debt and equity securities, vested options and warrants, and warrants related to Series G Preferred and Series H Preferred.
 
  (p)   Stock-Based Compensation
 
Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123 (Revised 2004) “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”), using the modified prospective transition method and, therefore, has not retroactively adjusted results for prior periods. Under this transition method, stock-based compensation expense for all stock-based compensation awards granted or modified after January 1, 2006 is based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R. The Company recognizes these compensation costs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service


56


 

period of the award, which is generally the option vesting term. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, as allowed by SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS 123”) as amended by SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure” (“SFAS 148”), the Company recognized stock-based compensation expense in accordance with Accounting Principles Board No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued To Employees” (“APB 25”), and related interpretations. See Note 12 for a further discussion on stock-based compensation.
 
  (q)   Translation of Foreign Currency
 
The local currency of each of the countries of the operating foreign subsidiaries is considered to be the functional currency. Assets and liabilities of these foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Results of operations are translated using the average exchange rate prevailing throughout the year. The effects of unrealized exchange rate fluctuations on translating foreign currency assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars are accumulated as the cumulative translation adjustment included in accumulated comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses on foreign currency transactions, if any, are included in operating results for the period.
 
These gains and losses resulted from trade and intercompany accounts receivable denominated in foreign currencies and a foreign note denominated in U.S. dollars. The amounts of gains (losses) for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 were $151,000, ($301,000), and $55,000, respectively.
 
  (r)   Income Taxes
 
Deferred taxes are provided on a liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.
 
  (s)   Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The following summarizes the major methods and assumptions used in estimating the fair values of financial instruments:
 
  •  Cash and Cash Equivalents — the carrying amount approximates fair value due to the relatively short-term period to maturity of these instruments.
 
  •  Short- and Long-Term Borrowings — the carrying amount approximates the estimated fair value for debt with similar terms, interest rates, and remaining maturities currently available to companies with similar credit ratings.
 
  (t)   Product Warranties
 
The Company provides a limited warranty for its products, generally for periods of one to three years. The Company’s standard warranties require the Company to repair or replace defective products during such warranty period at no cost to the customer. The Company estimates the costs that may be incurred under its basic limited warranty and records a liability in the amount of such costs at the time product sales are recognized. Factors that affect the Company’s warranty liability include the number of units sold, historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims, and cost per claim. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary.
 


57


 

                                 
          Additions
             
    Balance at
    Charged to
             
    Beginning
    Costs and
          Balance at
 
Warranty Reserve
  of Year     Expenses     Deductions     End of Year  
    (In thousands)  
 
Year ended December 31, 2006
  $ 214     $ 295 (a)   $ (125 )   $ 384  
Year ended December 31, 2005
    232       152       (170 )(a)     214  
Year ended December 31, 2004
    170       62             232  
 
 
(a) Includes $18 thousand and $44 thousand due to foreign exchange translation for 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
  (u)   Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”), which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in tax positions. FIN 48 defines the threshold for recognizing tax return positions in the financial statements as “more likely than not” that the position is sustainable, based on its technical merits. FIN 48 also provides guidance on the measurement, classification and disclosure of tax return positions in the financial statements. FIN 48 is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of 2007. The Company is in the process of determining the effect, if any, the adoption of FIN 48 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” The Statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This Statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company believes the adoption of SFAS 157 will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin 108 (“SAB 108”), “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements When Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements.” SAB 108 provides interpretive guidance on the consideration of the effects of prior year misstatements in quantifying current year misstatements for the purpose of a materiality assessment. SAB 108 was effective for fiscal years ending after November 15, 2006 and had no impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115.” SFAS No. 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected are reported in earnings. SFAS No. 159 does not affect any existing accounting literature that requires certain assets and liabilities to be carried at fair value. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We do not expect our adoption of this new standard to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows
 
(2)  Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
The Company has recorded goodwill in connection with its acquisition of DAC and Mobitec. The carrying values of these reporting units are determined by allocating all applicable assets (including goodwill) and liabilities based upon the unit in which the assets are employed and to which the liabilities relate, considering the methodologies utilized to determine the fair value of the reporting units.
 
The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment evaluations as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and has concluded that no impairment exists. Therefore, as a result of these impairment evaluations, no impairment charges were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004.

58


 

 
The change in the carrying amount of goodwill for each of the Company’s operating segments for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 is as follows:
 
                         
          Law
       
          Enforcement
       
    Transportation
    and
       
    Communications     Surveillance     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance as of January 1, 2004
  $ 9,705     $ 961     $ 10,666  
Effect of exchange rates
    970             970  
                         
Balance as of December 31, 2004
  $ 10,675     $ 961       11,636  
Effect of exchange rates
    (1,874 )           (1,874 )
                         
Balance as of December 31, 2005
    8,801       961       9,762  
Effect of exchange rates
    1,488             1,488  
                         
Balance as of December 31, 2006
  $ 10,289     $ 961     $ 11,250  
                         
 
The composition of the Company’s acquired intangible assets and the associated accumulated amortization as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 is as follows:
 
                                                         
    Weighted
    December 31, 2006     December 31, 2005  
    Average
    Gross
          Net
    Gross
          Net
 
    Remaining Life
    Carrying
    Accumulated
    Carrying
    Carrying
    Accumulated
    Carrying
 
    (Years)     Amount     Amortization     Amount     Amount     Amortization     Amount  
    (In thousands)  
 
Intangible assets subject to amortization:
                                                       
Patents and development costs
    0.2     $ 10     $ 9     $ 1     $ 10     $ 6     $ 4  
Customer lists
    9.5       1,742       633       1,109       1,514       449       1,065  
                                                         
            $ 1,752     $ 642     $ 1,110     $ 1,524     $ 455     $ 1,069  
                                                         
 
The aggregate amount of amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 was $112,000, $110,000, and $158,000, respectively. Amortization expense for the five succeeding years is estimated to be between $117,000 for the year ending December 31, 2007 and $116,000 for the year ending December 31, 2011.
 
The difference in the gross carrying amount from 2005 to 2006 is due to fluctuations in foreign currencies.
 
(3)  Accounts Receivable
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In thousands)  
 
Trade accounts receivable
  $ 10,726     $ 8,821  
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts
    (358 )     (396 )
                 
    $ 10,368     $ 8,425  
                 


59


 

(4)  Property and Equipment
 
                     
    Estimated
           
    Depreciable
  December 31,  
    Lives (Years)   2006     2005  
    (In thousands)  
 
Leasehold improvements
  5-9   $ 276     $ 212  
Automobiles
  5     16       16  
Computer and telecommunications equipment
  3     1,296       1,315  
Software
  3-5     4,912       3,644  
Test equipment
  3-5     273       265  
Furniture and fixtures
  3-7     2,526       2,130  
Software projects in progress
        54       711  
                     
          9,353       8,293  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
        6,222       4,552  
                     
Total property and equipment, net
      $ 3,131     $ 3,741  
                     
 
The aggregate amount of depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 was $1.3 million, $1.3 million, and $752,000, respectively.
 
(5)  Inventories
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In thousands)  
 
Raw materials and system components
  $ 6,162     $ 5,254  
Work in process
    144       115  
Finished goods
    3,018       2,843  
                 
Total inventories
  $ 9,324     $ 8,212  
                 
 
(6)  Leases
 
The Company leases its premises and certain office equipment under various operating leases that expire at various times through 2009. Rent and lease expense under these operating leases was $720,000, $747,000, and $802,000 for, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. A certain agreement under which the Company leases office space and warehouse facilities requires escalating payments over the term of the lease. The Company records rent expense under this lease on a straight-line basis.
 
The Company has one lease commitment under a capital lease obligation for a machining center that expires in 2009.


60


 

At December 31, 2006, future minimum lease payments under the non-cancelable operating leases and the future minimum lease payments and the present value of the capital lease are as follows:
 
                 
    Capital
    Operating
 
    Leases     Leases  
    (In thousands)  
 
Year Ending December 31,
               
2007
  $ 25     $ 887  
2008
    25       775  
2009
    16       603  
2010
          493  
2011
          136  
Thereafter
          2  
                 
Total future minimum lease payments
    66     $ 2,896  
                 
Less amount representing interest (7.5% interest)
    6          
                 
Present value of future minimum capital lease payments
    60          
Less current portion
    22          
                 
Long-term portion
  $ 38          
                 
 
(7)  Lines of Credit and Notes Payable
 
a)  Domestic lines of credit and notes payable
 
In March 2006, the Company entered into a two-year, asset-based lending agreement with Laurus Master Fund, Ltd. (“Laurus Credit Agreement”) to replace an existing lending agreement with LaSalle Business Credit (“LaSalle Credit Agreement”). The Laurus Credit Agreement provides up to $6.0 million in borrowings under a revolving credit facility and is secured by all tangible and intangible assets of the Company in the United States. Borrowing availability under the Laurus Credit Agreement is based upon an advance rate equal to 90% of eligible accounts receivable and up to $2.0 million based upon 40% of eligible inventory. The interest rate on borrowings under the Laurus Credit Agreement is the Wall Street Journal prime rate (8.25% at December 31, 2006) plus 1.75%, subject to a floor of 8%. The Laurus Credit Agreement contains no financial covenants. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility were used to retire all outstanding debt under the LaSalle Credit Agreement and have been and will be used for general corporate purposes. At December 31, 2006, remaining borrowing availability under the revolving credit facility was approximately $820,000. The Company incurred expenses of $329,000 directly attributable to executing the Laurus Credit Agreement which have been recorded as deferred financing costs to be amortized over the term of the agreement. These deferred financing costs are included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2006. Borrowings under the Laurus Credit Agreement are classified as a current liability in accordance with EITF 95-22, “Balance Sheet Classification of Borrowings under Revolving Credit Agreements that Include Both a Subjective Acceleration Clause and a Lock-Box Arrangement.”
 
In conjunction with the closing of the Laurus Credit Agreement, the Company issued Laurus Master Fund Ltd. (“Laurus”) detachable warrants to purchase, at any time, 550,000 shares of Common Stock at $0.10 per share. The fair value allocated to the warrants of $590,000, calculated using the Black-Scholes model, was recorded as an asset to be amortized over the term of the Laurus Credit Agreement and was recorded as an increase in additional paid in capital. The unamortized balance of the fair value of the warrants was $344,000 at December 31, 2006, all of which was included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. Laurus agreed to not hold greater than 4.99% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock at any time under terms of the Laurus Credit Agreement.
 
On April 28, 2006, the Company, along with certain of its subsidiaries, entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with Laurus whereby the Company issued a one-year, secured term promissory note in the original principal amount of $1.6 million (the “Note”). The Note bears interest at an annual rate of 10%, with interest payable monthly in arrears, and matures April 28, 2007. The Note is secured by all U.S. assets of the Company


61


 

pursuant to the Security Agreement executed as part of the Laurus Credit Agreement entered into in March 2006, which was extended to cover the Note. In addition, the Note carried a $160,000 fee upon payment of the Note, whether the Note is paid on or prior to the maturity date, which was being recognized ratably over the term of the Note. As of December 31, 2006, the entire original principal amount of $1.6 million was outstanding on the Note.
 
As part of the financing, the Company granted Laurus warrants to purchase, at any time during a seven-year period, 80,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $2.00 per share (the “Warrants”). The fair value allocated to the warrants of $49,000, calculated using the Black-Scholes model, has been recorded as a contra-liability to be amortized over the term of the Note agreement and was recorded as an increase in additional paid in capital. The unamortized balance of the fair value of the warrants was $16,000 at December 31, 2006. Laurus agreed to a 12-month lock-up on trading of the Common Stock underlying the Warrants as well as on the warrants to purchase 550,000 shares of Common Stock previously issued to Laurus in connection with the Laurus Credit Agreement entered into in March 2006. Pursuant to an Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, the Company filed a registration statement with respect to the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the 630,000 warrants issued to Laurus with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 15, 2006, and the registration was declared effective on May 23, 2006.
 
Fees and expenses related to the Note and issuance of the Warrants totaled approximately $81,000, netting proceeds to the Company of approximately $1.5 million, which was used for general corporate purposes. The related fees and expenses have been recorded as deferred financing costs and are being amortized over the term of the Note. These deferred financing costs are included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2006.
 
Pursuant to an Omnibus Amendment (the “Amendment”) effective December 31, 2006, and in exchange for the issuance by the Company to Laurus of 225,000 shares of our Common Stock and the payment of a servicing fee by the Company to Laurus in the amount of $18,000, the Company and Laurus (1) increased the limitation on the amount of our Common Stock that Laurus is permitted to hold from 4.99% to 9.99%; (2) agreed that (a) Laurus shall not sell any shares of our Common Stock before the first anniversary of the date of execution of the Amendment and (b) at any time after the first anniversary of the date of execution of the Amendment, Laurus shall not sell any shares of our Common Stock in a number that, together with any sales by any affiliate of Laurus, would exceed 25% of the aggregate dollar trading volume of the Common Stock of the Company for the 22-day period immediately preceding such proposed sale; (3) extended the maturity date of the revolving credit facility under the Laurus Credit Agreement until June 30, 2008; (4) amended and restated the Note to (a) eliminate the $160,000 fee that was due and payable on the maturity date of the Note and (b) allow the Company the option to extend up to $500,000 of the principal amount due under the Note until April 30, 2008; and (5) amended and restated the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of April 28, 2006 to require the Company to register the 225,000 shares of Common Stock issued to Laurus with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 365 days after issuance of such shares.
 
A convertible subordinated debenture in the amount of $250,000 dated August 26, 2002, is payable to a shareholder and member of the Board of Directors, and is due in full August 26, 2009, if not sooner redeemed or converted, with annual interest at 8%. The issuance of 225,000 shares of our Common Stock to Laurus caused the conversion rate on the debenture held by the shareholder and director to change in accordance with the original terms of the debenture, which include anti-dilution provisions, from $2.00 per share to $1.21 per share, resulting in a potential increase of 81,611 additional shares of common stock. The decrease in conversion price resulted in a beneficial conversion feature of the debenture valued at $131,000 which was treated as a discount to the debenture and was recorded as an increase in additional paid in capital. As the debenture is immediately convertible, the full amount of the discount was amortized and recorded as interest expense in the year ended December 31, 2006. See Note 10 for discussion of an additional beneficial conversion feature of this debenture resulting from the issuance of Series I Preferred Stock in March 2006.
 
b)  International lines of credit
 
Mobitec AB, the Company’s wholly owned Swedish subsidiary, has an agreement with a bank in Sweden from which it may currently borrow up to a maximum of 10 million Krona, or $1.5 million U.S. based upon the


62


 

December 31, 2006, exchange rate of 0.1461. At December 31, 2006, 9.9 million Krona, or $1.4 million U.S., was outstanding, resulting in additional borrowing availability of 77,000 Krona, or $11,000 U.S. The terms of this agreement require payment of an unused credit line fee equal to 0.50% of the unused portion and an average interest rate of 3.23% of the outstanding balance. This agreement is secured by certain assets of Mobitec AB. Of the $1.5 million borrowing capacity under this agreement, $1.0 million renews annually on a calendar-year basis and $438,000 renews at various periods agreed-upon by both parties, with current expiration of March 31, 2007. On or before expiration, the Company expects to renew this credit agreement with an agreement substantially similar in terms and conditions.
 
Mobitec AB also has an agreement with the bank in Sweden from which it may borrow up to 9.0 million Krona, or $1.3 million U.S. At December 31, 2006, 7.6 million Krona, or $1.1 million U.S. was outstanding, resulting in additional borrowing availability of 1.4 million Krona, or $199,000 U.S. The line of credit bore an average interest rate in 2006 of 4.23% and was collateralized by accounts receivable of Mobitec AB. The agreement has an expiration date of December 31, 2007. On or before expiration, the Company expects to renew this credit agreement with an agreement substantially similar in terms and conditions.
 
Mobitec GmbH, the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary in Germany, has an agreement with a German bank from which it may currently borrow up to a maximum of 512,000 Euros or $676,000 U.S. based upon the December 31, 2006, exchange rate of 1.3203. At December 31, 2006, 481,000 Euros, or $636,000 U.S. was outstanding, resulting in additional borrowing availability of 31,000 Euros, or $40,000 U.S. The line of credit bore an average interest rate in 2006 of 4.12% and was collateralized by accounts receivable and inventories of Mobitec GmbH. This agreement has an open-ended term.
 
Domestic and international lines of credit consist of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In thousands)  
 
Line of credit with Laurus Master Fund dated March 16, 2006; payable in full June 30, 2008; secured by all tangible and intangible U.S. assets of the Company; bears average interest rate of 9.69% in 2006
  $ 4,406     $  
Line of credit with LaSalle Business Credit dated November 6, 2003; replaced by line of credit with Laurus Master Fund in March 2006
          3,348  
Line of credit with Swedish bank dated December 31, 2006; expiration dates range from March 31, 2007 to December 31, 2007; secured by certain assets of the Swedish subsidiary, Mobitec AB; bears average interest rate of 3.23% and 2.72% in 2006 and 2005, respectively
    1,450       784  
Line of credit with Swedish bank dated December 31, 2006; expires on December 31, 2007; secured by accounts receivable of the Swedish subsidiary, Mobitec AB; bears average interest rate of 4.23% and 3.57% in 2006 and 2005, respectively
    1,116       404  
Line of credit with German bank dated June 23, 2004; open-ended term; secured by accounts receivable and inventory of the German subsidiary, Mobitec GmbH (formerly known as Transit Media-Mobitec GmbH); bears average interest rate of 4.12% and 3.33% in 2006 and 2005, respectively
    636       464  
                 
Total lines of credit
  $ 7,608     $ 5,000  
                 


63


 

(8)  Long-Term Debt
 
Long-term debt at December 31, 2006, and 2005 consists of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In thousands)  
 
Note payable to a Swedish bank, dated June 28, 2001, paid in full in September 2006
  $     $ 418  
Convertible debenture to a director dated August 26, 2002, payable in full August 26, 2009, with an interest rate of 8%
    250       250  
Unsecured note payable to an investor, dated December 5, 2005, retired by the issuance of Series I Preferred stock in March 2006
          503  
Other long-term debt
    8       14  
                 
Total long-term debt
    258       1,185  
Less current portion
    254       1,177  
                 
      4       8  
Long-term portion of capital leases
    38       60  
                 
Total long-term debt and capital leases, less current portion
  $ 42     $ 68  
                 
 
A convertible subordinated debenture in the amount of $250,000 dated August 26, 2002, is payable to a shareholder and member of the Board of Directors, and is due in full August 26, 2009, if not sooner redeemed or converted, with annual interest at 8.0% paid monthly. The loan agreement under which the convertible debenture was issued subjected the Company to certain financial covenants. On March 31, 2005, the financial covenants were amended to require the same tangible net worth and escalating fixed charges coverage ratios as those set forth in the senior debt facilities of the Company. We were not in compliance with the fixed charge covenant ratio under the Convertible Debenture as of December 31, 2005, but obtained a waiver for that period from the lender.
 
In December 2005, the Company received a $500,000 cash payment from an investor as an advance on the sale of preferred equity to the investor. To prevent the Company’s use of the funds until the preferred equity was issued, the funds were placed in an account of the Company’s outside general legal counsel. The Company agreed to pay the investor interest on the amount of the advance at a rate equal to the LaSalle bank rate until the preferred equity was issued. The Company recorded a note payable for the amount of the advance plus accrued interest. In March 2006, the Company sold an aggregate of 100 shares of its Series I Preferred, par value $.10 per share, to the private investor pursuant to a share purchase agreement. The combined purchase price for the shares was $500,000. Upon issuance of the Series I Preferred, funds received by the Company in December 2005 were released to the Company.
 
Interest expense was $1.5 million, $481,000, and $908,000 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2004, included $153,000 in amortized debt discount related to the conversion of the Convertible Debentures dated June 22, 2001.


64


 

 
(9)  Accrued Expenses
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In thousands)  
 
Salaries, commissions, and benefits
  $ 1,187     $ 1,260  
Taxes — payroll, sales, income, and other
    623       467  
Warranties
    384       214  
Current portion of capital leases
    22       28  
Interest payable
    51       34  
Deferred revenue
    196       475  
Other
    472       376  
                 
Total accrued expenses
  $ 2,935     $ 2,854  
                 
 
(10)  Preferred Stock
 
The Company’s preferred stock consists of 5,000,000 authorized shares, par value $.10 per share, 20,000 shares of which are designated as Series AAA Redeemable, Nonvoting, Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series AAA Preferred”), 30,000 shares of which are designated as Series D Junior Participating Preferred Stock (“Series D Preferred”), 500 shares of which are designated as Series E Redeemable, Nonvoting, Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series E Preferred”), 400 shares of which are designated as Series F Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series F Preferred”), 600 shares of which are designated as Series G Redeemable, Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series G Preferred”), 600 shares of which are designated as Series H Redeemable, Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series H Preferred”), 200 shares of which are designated as Series I Redeemable, Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series I Preferred”), and 4,947,700 shares of which remain undesignated. As of December 31, 2006, we had outstanding 178 shares of Series AAA Preferred, 183 shares of Series E Preferred, 379 shares of Series G Preferred, 54 shares of Series H Preferred, and 104 shares of Series I Preferred. There are no shares of Series D and Series F Preferred outstanding.
 
Series AAA Preferred Stock
 
On February 10, 2005, the Series AAA Preferred shareholders voted to amend the Company’s Articles of Incorporation to: (1) reduce the annual dividend rate for each share of Series AAA Preferred from 10% to 5%, on dividends payable when and if declared by the Board of Directors, and (2) reduce the conversion rate for each share of Series AAA Preferred from $8.00 per share to $5.50 per share which will result in the number of Common Shares issuable upon the conversion of a single share of Series AAA Preferred increasing from 625 shares to 909 shares and result in the issuance of 223,614 shares if all Series AAA Preferred outstanding as of the date of the approval of the amendment were converted. The Company has the right to redeem the Series AAA Preferred at its sole discretion upon providing preferred shareholders with appropriate written notice.
 
On March 29, 2005, 68 shares of Series AAA Preferred with a liquidation value of $340,000 were converted into 61,812 shares of the Company’s Common Stock.
 
Series D Preferred
 
In connection with the Company’s adoption of the Shareholder Rights agreement as described in Note 17, the Company amended the certificate of designation with respect to the Series D Junior Participating Preferred Stock on September 28, 2006, to increase the maximum number of authorized shares available for issuance from 10,000 to 30,000.
 
Series E Preferred
 
Series E Preferred is convertible at any time into shares of the Common Stock at a conversion price of $3.00 per share of Common Stock, subject to certain adjustments, and, prior to conversion, does not entitle the holders to any


65


 

voting rights, except as may be required by law. The Company does not have the right to require conversion. Holders of Series E Preferred are entitled to receive cumulative quarterly dividends, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, at the rate of 7% per annum on the liquidation value of $5,000 per share. Series E Preferred is redeemable at the option of the Company at any time, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to the liquidation value plus accrued and unpaid dividends or $915,000 at December 31, 2006. Holders of Series E Preferred do not have the right to require redemption.
 
In February 2006, 24 shares of Series E Preferred with a liquidation value of $120,000 were converted into 39,994 shares of the Company’s Common Stock.
 
Series G Preferred
 
On June 23, 2005, the Company amended the Company’s Article’s of Incorporation to designate 600 shares of Preferred Stock as Series G Preferred. Series G Preferred is convertible at any time into shares of Common Stock at a conversion price of $2.21 per share of Common Stock, subject to certain adjustments, and entitles the holders to voting rights on any matters on which holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote, based upon the quotient obtained by dividing the liquidation preference by $2.23, excluding any fractional shares. Holders of Series G Preferred are entitled to receive cumulative quarterly dividends payable in additional shares of Series G Preferred, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, at a rate of 8% per annum on the liquidation value of $5,000 per share, subject to certain adjustments upward, and increasing by an additional 6% per annum after five years. The Company has the right to redeem the shares after five years.
 
On June 23, 2005, we issued 386 shares of the Series G Preferred to two investors, one a Director of the Company. The proceeds to the Company, net of issuance expenses, were $1,887,491, of which $1,574,576 was used to pay the outstanding principal balance and all accrued interest on the unsecured note to the former owner of Mobitec AB. At the request of the Company, and in response to a NASDAQ® requirement, the purchase of 50 of those shares was rescinded in July 2005. See further discussion in the following section, “Series H Preferred.”
 
Series H Preferred
 
On October 31, 2005, the Company issued an aggregate of 50 shares of its Series H Preferred, par value $.10 per share, to one of its investors who is also a Director of the Company. The issuance of the Series H Preferred and an accompanying cash payment of $2,000 were offered to the investor in exchange for the cancellation of a promissory note issued by the Company on July 25, 2005, in favor of the investor in the original principal amount of $252,301. The execution of the promissory note effected a rescission of the investor’s purchase price for 50 shares of Series G Preferred and an accompanying Warrant to purchase 35,714 shares of Common Stock. The conversion from an equity investment to a debt instrument effectively cancelled the investor’s participation in the issuance of the Series G Preferred discussed previously. The Company entered into the October 31, 2005, transaction in order to convert the promissory note into an investment in line with the initial equity investment in the Series G Preferred.
 
In conjunction with the sale of Series H Preferred, the Company also granted the investor Warrants to acquire 55,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at an exercise price of $2.02, exercisable for a period of five years. The relative fair value allocated to the Warrants of $48,282, calculated using the Black-Scholes model, has been treated as a discount to the Series H Preferred and was recorded as an increase in additional paid in capital. The issuance of the Warrants resulted in a beneficial conversion feature of the Series H Preferred valued at $48,282. Such amount was reflected as a discount to the Series H Preferred and the entire amount was fully amortized as the shares are immediately convertible. As a result, the net effect of the beneficial conversion feature did not change additional paid-in-capital. The amortization of the discount on the Preferred Stock is added to the net loss to arrive at the net loss attributed to common shareholders.
 
Series H Preferred is convertible at any time into shares of Common Stock at a conversion price of $2.08 per share of Common Stock, subject to certain adjustments, and entitles the holders to voting rights on any matters on which holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote, based upon the quotient obtained by dividing the liquidation preference by the conversion price, excluding any fractional shares. Holders of Series H Preferred are entitled to receive cumulative quarterly dividends payable in additional shares of Series H Preferred, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, at a rate of 8% per annum on the liquidation value of $5,000 per share, subject to certain


66


 

adjustments upward, and increasing by an additional 6% per annum after five years. The Company has the right to redeem the shares after five years.
 
Series I Preferred
 
On March 21, 2006, the Company sold an aggregate of 100 shares of its Series I Preferred, par value $.10 per share, to a private investor pursuant to a share purchase agreement. The combined purchase price for the shares was $500,000. Upon issuance of the Series I Preferred, funds received by the Company in December 2005 from the investor in advance of the sale of the Series I Preferred and held in the trust account of the Company’s outside legal counsel were released to the Company. The funds, net of issuance expenses of $15,000, were used for general corporate purposes. In connection with the sale of the Series I Preferred, the Company issued to the investor warrants to purchase an aggregate of 93,750 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.60 per share. The warrants are exercisable at any time for a period of five years after issuance. The relative fair value allocated to the warrants of $49,000, calculated using the Black-Scholes model, has been treated as a discount to the Series I Preferred and was recorded as an increase in additional paid in capital. The issuance of the warrants resulted in a beneficial conversion feature of the Series I Preferred valued at $49,000 which was recorded as deemed preferred dividends as the shares were immediately convertible.
 
Series I Preferred is convertible at any time or from time to time prior to the fifth business day preceding any redemption date established by the Company for such shares, at the option of the holder, into shares of Common Stock at a conversion price of $1.60 per share of Common Stock, subject to certain adjustments. Holders of Series I Preferred are entitled to voting rights on any matters on which holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote, based upon the quotient obtained by dividing the liquidation preference by the conversion price, excluding any fractional shares. Outstanding shares of Series I Preferred shall automatically convert to shares of the Company’s Common Stock if the closing bid price of the Common Stock on the NASDAQ Capital Market, or other exchange or market on which the Common Stock may be traded, for any period of twenty consecutive trading days exceeds $3.20. Holders of Series I Preferred are entitled to receive cumulative quarterly dividends payable in cash or additional shares of Series I Preferred, at the option of the holder, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, at a rate of 6% per annum on the liquidation value of $5,000 per share. The Company has the right to redeem the shares after five years.
 
A convertible subordinated debenture in the amount of $250,000 dated August 26, 2002, is payable to a shareholder and member of the Board of Directors, and is due in full August 26, 2009, if not sooner redeemed or converted, with annual interest at 8%. The issuance of the Series I Preferred Stock caused the conversion rate on the debenture held by the shareholder and director to change in accordance with the original terms of the debenture, which include anti-dilution provisions, from $2.00 per share to $1.60 per share, resulting in a potential increase of 31,250 additional shares of common stock. The decrease in conversion price resulted in a beneficial conversion feature of the debenture valued at $81,000 which was treated as a discount to the debenture and was recorded as an increase in additional paid in capital. As the debenture is immediately convertible, the full amount of the discount was amortized and recorded as interest expense in the year ended December 31, 2006. See Note 7 for discussion of an additional beneficial conversion feature of this debenture resulting from the issuance of 225,000 shares of our Common Stock to Laurus in December 2006.
 
Liquidation Priority
 
The Series E Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series H Preferred, and Series I Preferred have equal priority with respect to liquidation, and shares of these series have liquidation preferences prior to the Company’s outstanding shares of Series AAA Preferred and Common Stock.
 
(11)  Common Stock Warrants
 
On April 28, 2006, in conjunction with the issuance of the Note to Laurus, the Company granted Laurus warrants to purchase, at any time during a seven-year period, 80,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $2.00 per share. The fair value allocated to the warrants of $49,000, calculated using the Black-Scholes model, has been recorded as a contra-liability to be amortized over the term of the Note agreement and was recorded as an


67


 

increase in additional paid in capital. The unamortized balance of the fair value of the warrants was $16,000 at December 31, 2006.
 
On March 21, 2006, in connection with the sale of the Series I Preferred, the Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 93,750 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.60 per share. The warrants are exercisable at any time for a period of five years after issuance. The relative fair value allocated to the warrants of $49,000, calculated using the Black-Scholes model, has been treated as a discount to the Series I Preferred and was recorded as an increase in additional paid in capital. The issuance of the warrants resulted in a beneficial conversion feature of the Series I Preferred valued at $49,000 which was recorded as deemed preferred dividends as the shares were immediately convertible.
 
On March 16, 2006, in conjunction with the closing of the Laurus Credit Agreement, the Company issued Laurus detachable warrants to purchase, at any time, 550,000 shares of Common Stock at $0.10 per share. The fair value allocated to the warrants of $590,000, calculated using the Black-Scholes model, was recorded as an asset to be amortized over the term of the Laurus Credit Agreement and was recorded as an increase in additional paid in capital. The unamortized balance of the fair value of the warrants was $344,000 at December 31, 2006, all of which was included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.
 
On June 23, 2005, Warrants to acquire 275,714 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $2.21, exercisable for a period of five years, were issued in connection with the sale of Series G Preferred. The fair value allocated to the Warrants of $275,000, calculated using the Black-Scholes model, has been treated as a discount to the Series G Preferred and was recorded as an increase in additional paid in capital. The issuance of the Warrants resulted in a beneficial conversion feature of the Series G Preferred valued at $275,000. Such amount was reflected as a discount to the Series G Preferred and the entire amount was fully amortized as the shares are immediately Convertible. As a result, the net effect of the beneficial conversion feature did not change additional paid in capital.
 
In conjunction with the issuance of the unsecured promissory note on July 25, 2005, to one of its Series G Preferred investors, at the Company’s request, and in response to a NASDAQ® requirement, the investor rescinded his acquisition of 50 shares Series G Preferred, along with the associated Warrants to purchase 35,714 shares of Common Stock, issued as part of the Series G Preferred transaction.
 
In October 2005, Warrants to acquire 55,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $2.02, exercisable for a period of five years, were issued to an investor in connection with the issuance of Series H Preferred. The fair value allocated to the Warrants of $48,000, calculated using the Black-Scholes model, has been treated as a discount to the Series H Preferred and was recorded as an increase in additional paid in capital. The issuance of the Warrants resulted in a beneficial conversion feature of the Series H Preferred valued at $48,000. Such amount was reflected as a discount to the Series H Preferred and the entire amount was fully amortized as the shares are immediately Convertible. As a result, the net effect of the beneficial conversion feature did not change additional paid in capital.
 
In conjunction with the October 6, 2004, Private Placement of Common Stock, the Company granted an institutional investor a Warrant to acquire 241,546 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $6.00, exercisable beginning April 6, 2005, for a period of five years from the original issue date. Additionally, the Company granted the placement agent a Warrant to acquire 120,773 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $5.28, exercisable beginning April 6, 2005, for a period of five years from the original issue date. The Warrants were valued at $967,000 and $492,000, respectively, using the Black-Scholes model.
 
In conjunction with the April 26, 2004, Private Placement of Common Stock, the Company granted the investors Warrants to acquire 125,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $8.80 per share, exercisable for a period of five years. Additionally, the Company granted the placement agent a Warrant to acquire 62,500 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $5.28 per share, exercisable beginning October 26, 2004, for a period of five years from the original issue date. The Warrants were valued at $675,000 and $325,000, respectively, using the Black-Scholes model.
 
In the first quarter of 2004, Warrants to acquire 11,167 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $2.50 per share, exercisable for a period of five years, were issued to a placement agent in connection with the


68


 

Series E Preferred placement. The Warrants were valued at $14,000 using the Black-Scholes model and are being amortized over a five-year period. The value of the Warrants was charged to Additional Paid-in-Capital.
 
Between April 22, 2004 and June 4, 2004, Warrant holders exercised their rights to acquire Common Stock. We received total cash in the amount of $1,291,603 for issuing 473,812 shares under the Warrant agreements.
 
(12)  Stock-Based Compensation
 
  (a)   Incentive Stock Option Plan
 
The Company has an incentive stock option plan for employees whereby options to purchase Common Stock are granted at no less than the stock’s estimated fair market value at the date of the grant, vest based on three years of continuous service, and have five to ten year contractual terms. Options outstanding under this plan and option activity for the year ended December 31, 2006, were as follows:
 
                                 
                Weighted-
       
          Weighted-
    Average
       
          Average
    Remaining
    Aggregate
 
          Exercise
    Contractual
    Intrinsic
 
    Shares     Price     Term     Value  
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2005
    596,730       2.58                  
Granted
    123,000       1.28                  
Expired
    (63,327 )     3.06                  
                                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
    656,403     $ 2.29       5.1     $ 3,000  
                                 
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2006
    653,945     $ 2.29       5.1     $ 2,940  
Exercisable at December 31, 2006
    533,403     $ 2.52       4.1        
 
Shares vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2006, in the table above represent shares fully vested as of December 31, 2006, plus all non-vested shares as of December 31, 2006, adjusted for the estimated forfeiture rate. The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pretax intrinsic value (the difference between the Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of 2006 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all the option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2006. This amount changes based on the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, was $16,000 and $81,000, respectively. Total fair value of options vested and expensed was $12,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
  (b)   Non-Qualified Stock Options
 
The Company has issued options to purchase Common Stock, primarily to non-employee members of the Board of Directors, which generally vest immediately upon grant and have five year contractual terms. Options outstanding under this plan and option activity for the year ended December 31, 2006, were as follows:
 
                                 
                Weighted-
       
          Weighted-
    Average
       
          Average
    Remaining
    Aggregate
 
          Exercise
    Contractual
    Intrinsic
 
    Shares     Price     Term     Value  
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2005
    472,570       2.79                  
Granted
    45,000       1.33                  
Expired
    (29,973 )     2.82                  
                                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
    487,597     $ 2.66       3.2        
                                 
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2006
    487,597     $ 2.66       3.2        
Exercisable at December 31, 2006
    487,597     $ 2.66       3.2        


69


 

Shares vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2006, in the table above represent shares fully vested as of December 31, 2006, plus all non-vested shares as of December 31, 2006, adjusted for the estimated forfeiture rate. The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pretax intrinsic value (the difference between the Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of 2006 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all the option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2006. This amount changes based on the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, was $6,000 and $168,000, respectively. Total fair value of options vested and expensed was $38,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Under the Company’s stock option plans, options to purchase 1,655,000 shares of Common Stock have been authorized for issuance. As of December 31, 2006, options to purchase 8,833 shares of Common Stock are available for future issuance. The Company issues new shares of Common Stock upon exercise of stock options.
 
On November 22, 2005, the Board of Directors approved the acceleration of the vesting of all unvested stock options awarded to employees, officers and directors under our stock option plans. The decision to accelerate vesting of these stock options was made primarily to avoid recognition of compensation expense in future periods upon the adoption of SFAS 123(R). The exercise prices of all such options were in excess of the current market price of the shares on the effective date. As a result of this action, options to purchase up to 294,000 shares of Common Stock became exercisable effective December 31, 2005. The number of shares and exercise prices of the options subject to the acceleration remained unchanged.
 
Total compensation expense related to these plans was $50,000 for the year December 31, 2006, and is included in selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements. Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company accounted for these plans under the recognition and measurement provisions of APB 25 and, accordingly, no compensation expense was recognized for options issued under these plans. Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company provided pro forma disclosure amounts in accordance with SFAS 148 as if the fair value method defined by SFAS 123 had been applied to its stock-based compensation.
 
Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123R, using the modified prospective transition method and therefore has not retroactively adjusted prior periods’ results. Under this transition method, stock-based compensation expense for all share-based payment awards granted or modified after January 1, 2006, is based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R. The Company recognizes these compensation costs net of a forfeiture rate and recognizes the compensation costs for only those shares expected to vest on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally the option vesting term. The Company estimated the forfeiture rate for 2006 based on its historical experience since the inception of the plans. Because the accelerated vesting of stock options in the fourth quarter of 2005 resulted in all stock options granted prior to January 1, 2006, becoming exercisable effective December 31, 2005, the Company did not recognize stock-based compensation expense for stock options granted prior to January 1, 2006, during the year ended December 31, 2006. The Company is making a one-time accounting policy election to adopt the short-cut method of FASB Staff Position FAS 123(R)-3 for calculating the pool of windfall tax benefits.
 
As a result of adopting SFAS 123R, the loss before income tax expense and net loss for the year ended December 31, 2006, was $50,000 higher than if we had continued to account for stock-based compensation under APB 25. Because of the minimal amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized, there was an insignificant impact on basic and diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2006. Upon the adoption of SFAS 123R, tax benefits that will reduce income taxes payable resulting from tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for those options will be classified as financing cash flows. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, the tax benefit of stock option exercises were classified as operating cash flows.


70


 

 
Had compensation expense for the stock option plans been determined using the fair value method prescribed in SFAS 123 for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share would have been as follows:
 
                 
    2005     2004  
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)  
 
Net loss applicable to common shareholders
  $ (6,450 )   $ (3,476 )
Deduct: Stock based employee compensation expense determined under fair value method
    (868 )     (210 )
                 
Pro forma net loss applicable to common shareholders
  $ (7,318 )   $ (3,686 )
                 
Basic and diluted net loss:
               
As reported
  $ (0.67 )   $ (0.49 )
Pro forma
  $ (0.76 )   $ (0.52 )
 
The fair value of stock option awards for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions and fair values:
 
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
 
Weighted average fair value of grants
  $ 0.83     $ 1.70     $ 2.73  
Risk-free interest rate
    4.7 %     4.1 %     4.0 %
Expected life
    6.5 years       5.2 years       5.6 years  
Expected volatility
    64 %     72 %     115 %
Expected dividends
    None       None       None  
 
Descriptions of each assumption used in calculating the fair value of stock option awards under the Black-Scholes option pricing model are as follows:
 
Risk-free interest rate.  The Company bases the risk-free interest rate on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life of the option.
 
Expected life.  The expected life represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding and was determined based on the average length of time grants have remained outstanding in the past.
 
Expected volatility.  The Company’s volatility factor was calculated under the Black-Scholes model based on historical volatility of the Company’s Common Stock.
 
Expected dividends.  The Company has not issued any dividends to date and does not anticipate issuing any dividends in the foreseeable future.
 
As of December 31, 2006, there was $88,000 of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to non-vested incentive stock option grants. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.6 years. As of December 31, 2006, there was no unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to non-qualified stock option grants.
 
  (c)   Common Stock Compensation Plan
 
At the annual meeting of shareholders in May 2006, shareholders approved an equity-based stock compensation plan for members of the Board of Directors and certain key executive managers of the Company. The compensation plan partially compensates members of the Board of Directors and key executive management of the Company in the form of stock of the Company in lieu of cash compensation. The plan became effective on January 1, 2006, and was made available on a fully voluntary basis. The plan includes the following provisions:
 
In regard to compensation to non-employee members of the Board of Directors, the plan provides:
 
  •  Regular monthly retainer fee compensation is paid 50% in cash and 50% in Common Stock, with shares payable determined as described below.


71


 

 
  •  Shares of Common Stock payable under this plan are issued on a quarterly basis.
 
  •  Individual directors may annually (as of each Annual Meeting of Shareholders) elect to opt in or out of the payment-in-stock provision of the plan, effective the following January 1.
 
In regard to compensation to key executive managers, the plan provides:
 
  •  Each key executive manager of the Company may make the election to receive up to $1,000 per month of his/her compensation in the form of Common Stock, with shares payable determined as described below.
 
  •  Shares of Common Stock payable under the plan are issued on a quarterly basis.
 
  •  The election to participate will be on a yearly basis, effective January 1 of each year. If the election is made to participate, the commitment is for the full year, unless compelling and extenuating circumstances arise supporting doing otherwise.
 
The number of shares payable under this plan is determined by dividing the cash value of stock compensation by the higher of (1) the actual closing price on the last trading day of each month, or (2) the book value of the Company on the last day of each month. Fractional shares are rounded up to the next full share amount.
 
During the year ended December 31,2006, the Company issued 47,166 shares to seven individuals under this plan at an average price of $1.34 per share in lieu of $63,000 in cash compensation.
 
(13)  Income Taxes
 
The pretax loss for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 was taxed by the following jurisdictions:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In thousands)  
 
Domestic
  $ (2,879 )   $ (5,422 )   $ (1,760 )
Foreign
    (1,342 )     125       (357 )
                         
    $ (4,221 )   $ (5,297 )   $ (2,117 )
                         
 
The income tax provision charged (benefit credited) for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 were as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In thousands)  
 
Current
                       
U.S. federal
  $     $     $  
State
                 
Foreign
    259       40       97  
                         
      259       40       97  
                         
Deferred
                       
U.S. federal
    11       96       801  
State
    2       16       131  
Foreign
    59       24       (56 )
                         
      72       136       876  
                         
    $ 331     $ 176     $ 973  
                         


72


 

The income tax expense (benefit) differs from the expected amount of income tax expense (benefit) determined by applying the U.S. federal income tax rates to the pretax income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 due to the following:
 
                                                         
    Year Ended December 31,        
    2006     2005     2004        
          Percentage
          Percentage
          Percentage
       
          of Pretax
          of Pretax
          of Pretax
       
    Amount     Earnings (Loss)     Amount     Earnings (Loss)     Amount     Earnings (Loss)        
    (In thousands)        
 
Computed “expected” tax benefit
  $ (1,477 )     35.0 %   $ (1,854 )     35.0 %   $ (741 )     35.0 %        
Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:
                                                       
Nondeductible expenses
    14       (0.4 )     20       (0.4 )     14       (0.7 )        
Nontaxable income
                            (86 )     4.1          
Foreign subsidiary losses
    32       (0.8 )     182       (3.4 )     199       (9.4 )        
Higher (lower) rates on earnings of foreign operations
    539       (20.3 )     (218 )     4.1       (25 )     1.2          
State taxes, net of federal benefit
    (324 )     7.8       (75 )     1.4       (59 )     2.8          
Changes in valuation allowance
    1,547       (29.5 )     2,121       (40.0 )     1,671       (78.9 )        
                                                         
    $ 331       (8.1 )%   $ 176       (3.3 )%   $ 973       (45.9 )%        
                                                         
 
Temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities that give rise to the deferred income taxes as of December 31, 2006 and 2005:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In thousands)  
 
Deferred tax assets
               
Federal and state loss carryforwards
  $ 5,519     $ 4,059  
Federal tax credits
    379       379  
Foreign loss carryforwards
    1,513       1,521  
Inventory reserve and capitalization
    94       71  
Other accruals and reserves
    255       223  
                 
Total gross deferred tax assets
    7,760       6,253  
Less valuation allowance
    (7,569 )     (6,022 )
                 
      191       231  
                 
Deferred tax liabilities
               
Property and equipment
    (79 )     (148 )
Intangible assets
    (209 )     (128 )
Untaxed foreign reserves
    (95 )     (106 )
                 
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (383 )     (382 )
                 
Net deferred liabilities
  $ (192 )   $ (151 )
                 
 
The Company reduces its deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance when, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that a significant portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. At


73


 

December 31, 2006, the Company’s deferred tax valuation allowance was attributable to operating loss carryforwards from its various domestic jurisdictions and one of its foreign subsidiaries.
 
The components giving rise to the net deferred tax assets described above have been included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In thousands)  
 
Noncurrent assets
  $ 191     $ 231  
Noncurrent liabilities
    (383 )     (382 )
                 
    $ (192 )   $ (151 )
                 
 
At December 31, 2006, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of $14.7 million, which are available to offset future federal taxable income, if any, which expire beginning in 2009 through 2026. In addition, two of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries have net economic loss carryforwards for state income tax purposes of $9.1 million, which are available to offset future state taxable income, if any, through 2024 and 2026. Further, one of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries also has loss carryforwards for German tax purposes of $3.9 million, which are available to offset future foreign taxable income.
 
The Tax Reform Act of 1986 contains provisions that limit the ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards in the case of certain events including significant changes in ownership interests. If the net operating loss carryforwards are limited and the Company has taxable income which exceeds the permissible yearly net operating loss, the Company would incur a federal income tax liability even though net operating losses would be available in future years.
 
The Company also has research and development tax credits for federal income tax purposes of $379,000 at December 31, 2006 that expire in various years from 2007 through 2023.
 
(14)  Largest Customers
 
Because of the nature of the business, the Company’s largest customers may vary between years. For the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, there were no customers to whom net sales comprised at least 10% of consolidated net sales. For the year ended December 31, 2004, there were two customers, each in the transportation communications segment, to whom net sales of $5.1 million and $5.9 million comprised at least 10% of consolidated net sales.
 
(15)  Related Party Transactions
 
In August 2002, the Company completed a privately negotiated sale of a $250,000 Convertible subordinated Debenture to Mr. John D. Higgins, a private investor and a director of the Company. Mr. Higgins received a closing fee of $5,850 related to the placement of the Debenture, and $20,000 in interest payments on the outstanding Debenture in each of the years 2006, 2005 and 2004. The Debenture has an interest rate of 8% annually and matures in August 2009, if not redeemed or converted earlier.
 
In July 2004, the Company retained Gilbert Tweed Associates, Inc., an executive search firm located in New York City to conduct a search to fill the position of Chief Financial Officer. Ms. Stephanie Pinson, a director of DRI, is President and Chief Operating Officer of Gilbert Tweed Associates, Inc. and her firm was paid $80,000 in recruiting fees and out-of-pocket expenses in 2005.
 
In March 2005, the Company retained Gilbert Tweed Associates, Inc. to conduct a search to fill the position of Vice President and General Manager, TwinVision. The Company paid Gilbert Tweed Associates, Inc. $60,000 in recruiting fees and out-of-pocket expenses in 2005.
 
In the second quarter of 2006, the Company retained Gilbert Tweed Associates, Inc. to perform executive recruiting services related to the Company’s search for a Chief Operating Officer for its North Carolina operations. The Company paid Gilbert Tweed Associates, Inc. $69,000 in recruiting fees and out-of-pocket expenses in 2006.


74


 

 
In June 2005, as part of a larger $1.9 million offering, the Company sold 50 shares of its Series G Preferred to Mr. John D. Higgins, a Director of the Company, for $250,000. Because the issuance of the Series G Preferred to a Director failed to gain approval of the NASDAQ® because of an inadvertent pricing error, on July 25, 2005, the Company asked Mr. Higgins to rescind his purchase of Series G Preferred and the related Warrants to purchase 35,714 shares of Common Stock in exchange for an unsecured subordinated promissory note in the amount of $252,301. The note bore interest at a rate of 10.5% per annum, paid on the last day of each month, and was due and payable, along with any unpaid interest, one year from the date of the note. In October 2005, the Company agreed to issue 50 shares of its Series H Preferred and a cash payment of $2,000 and granted Warrants to purchase 55,000 shares of Common Stock at $2.02 per share, all in exchange for the cancellation of the promissory note. No additional proceeds were received by the Company as a result of the Series H Preferred issuance.
 
(16)  Segment Information
 
The Company has two principal business segments, which are based upon differences in products and technology: (1) transportation communications segment; and (2) law enforcement and surveillance segment. The transportation communications segment produces automated announcement and passenger information systems and electronic destination sign products for municipalities, regional transportation districts, and departments of transportation and bus vehicle manufacturers. The law enforcement and surveillance segment produces digital signal processing products for law enforcement agencies and intelligence gathering organizations.
 
Operating income (loss) for each segment is total sales less operating expenses applicable to the segment. Certain corporate overhead expenses including executive salaries and benefits, public company administrative expenses, legal and audit fees, and interest expense are not included in segment operating income (loss). Segment identifiable assets include accounts receivable, inventories, net property and equipment, net intangible assets and goodwill. Sales, operating income (loss), identifiable assets, capital expenditures, long-lived assets, depreciation and amortization, and geographic information for the operating segments are as follows:
 
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In thousands)  
 
Net income (loss) after income taxes
Transportation communications
  $ 1,780     $ 735     $ 3,576  
Law enforcement and surveillance
    334       165       244  
Parent entities
    (6,355 )     (7,350 )     (7,296 )
                         
    $ (4,241 )   $ (6,450 )   $ (3,476 )
                         
Net sales
Transportation communications
  $ 49,161     $ 43,087     $ 45,913  
Law enforcement and surveillance
    2,177       2,258       1,860  
Parent entities (Corporate overhead)
                 
                         
    $ 51,338     $ 45,345     $ 47,773  
                         
Operating income (loss)
Transportation communications
  $ 2,171     $ 978     $ 4,223  
Law enforcement and surveillance
    335       165       244  
Parent entities (Corporate overhead)
    (5,315 )     (5,975 )     (5,909 )
                         
    $ (2,809 )   $ (4,832 )   $ (1,442 )
                         
Interest expense
Transportation communications
  $ (379 )   $ (79 )   $ (109 )
Law enforcement and surveillance
                 
Parent entities
    (1,129 )     (402 )     (799 )
                         
    $ (1,508 )   $ (481 )   $ (908 )
                         


75


 

                         
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In thousands)  
 
Depreciation and amortization
Transportation communications
  $ 993     $ 975     $ 602  
Law enforcement and surveillance
    180       187       101  
Parent entities
    542       360       353  
                         
    $ 1,715     $ 1,522     $ 1,056  
                         
Capital expenditures
Transportation communications
  $ 421     $ 1,184     $ 1,440  
Law enforcement and surveillance
    29       242       151  
Parent entities
    12       268       186  
                         
    $ 462     $ 1,694     $ 1,777  
                         
Income taxes
                       
Transportation communications
  $ (324 )   $ (202 )   $ (396 )
Law enforcement and surveillance
                 
Parent entities
    (7 )     26       (577 )
                         
    $ (331 )   $ (176 )   $ (973 )
                         
Geographic information — net sales*
                       
North America
  $ 25,440     $ 23,398     $ 27,692  
Europe
    15,430       12,270       14,561  
Asia-Pacific
    4,022       3,043       2,086  
Middle East
    1,622       681       616  
South America
    4,824       5,953       2,818  
                         
    $ 51,338     $ 45,345     $ 47,773  
                         
Long-lived assets
Transportation communications
  $ 14,022     $ 12,815     $ 15,165  
Law enforcement and surveillance
    1,186       1,337       1,282  
Parent entities
    1,080       564       569  
                         
    $ 16,288     $ 14,716     $ 17,016  
                         
Geographic information — long-lived assets**
                       
North America
  $ 4,203     $ 4,156     $ 4,193  
Europe
    11,870       10,357       12,682  
Asia-Pacific
    31       27       35  
South America
    184       176       106  
                         
    $ 16,288     $ 14,716     $ 17,016  
                         
Total assets
Transportation communications
  $ 25,344     $ 21,462     $ 26,500  
Law enforcement and surveillance
    2,813       2,677       2,330  
Parent entities
    9,201       9,409       9,211  
                         
    $ 37,358     $ 33,548     $ 38,041  
                         
 
 
Geographic information regarding net sales was determined based upon sales to each geographic area.
 
** Geographic information regarding long-lived assets was determined based upon the recorded value of those assets on the balance sheets of each of the geographic locations.
 
(17)  Shareholders’ Rights
 
On September 22, 2006, the Board of Directors adopted a Shareholder Rights Agreement designed to prevent any potential acquirer from gaining control of the Company without fairly compensating the shareholders and to protect the Company from any unfair or coercive takeover attempts.

76


 

 
The Board of Directors approved the declaration of a dividend of one right for each outstanding share of the Company’s common stock to shareholders of record at the close of business on October 9, 2006. Each right entitles the holder to purchase 1/1000th of a share of the Company’s Series D Preferred, par value $.10 per share, at an exercise price of $5.00, subject to adjustment. Until exercisable, the rights are represented by and traded with our common stock and no separate certificates for the rights will be issued.
 
In general, the rights will become exercisable only if any person or group of affiliated persons makes a public announcement that it has acquired 15% or more of our stock or that it intends to make or makes a tender offer or exchange offer for 15% or more of our stock. Under certain circumstances, each holder of a right (other than the person or group who acquired 15% or more the Company’s stock) is entitled to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock having a market value equal to two times the exercise price. If, after a person has acquired 15% or more of the Company’s common stock, the Company is acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction or there is a sale or transfer of a majority of the Company’s assets or earning power, each holder of a right is entitled to purchase shares of the acquiring Company’s common stock having a market value equal to two times the exercise price.
 
The Company may redeem the rights for $.001 per right prior to the acquisition or ownership of 15% or more of our common stock and the rights will expire in 10 years. The rights distribution is not taxable to the shareholders.
 
(18)  Legal Proceedings
 
The Company, in the normal course of its operations, is involved in legal actions incidental to the business. In management’s opinion, the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect upon the current financial position of the Company or future results of operations.
 
Mr. Lawrence A. Taylor was a director of the Company and, until October 2004, was the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, and until August 2005, the Company’s Executive Vice President of Corporation Development. As such, it was Mr. Taylor’s primary responsibility to identify and pursue mergers and acquisitions. In August 2005, when it became apparent the Company’s finances would not support merger and acquisition activities, Mr. Taylor’s position was eliminated. Mr. Taylor seeks to refute certain provisions of his employment agreement and has stated his intention to arbitrate a claim for, among other things, wrongful termination and age discrimination under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (ADEA). Over a year after his position was eliminated, Mr. Taylor filed a charge of age discrimination with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”) alleging discrimination, which was dismissed without investigation on February 7, 2007. The EEOC’s termination of its investigation does not certify that we are in compliance with ADEA, nor does it affect the rights of Mr. Taylor to file suit under the statutes. A mediation conference was held on January 15, 2007 without resolution of any matters. Since that time, Mr. Taylor has not pursued any remedy for his claims, including mandatory arbitration. The Company believes his claims are without merit and does not believe the matter will have a material impact on the Company.
 
Mr. David N. Pilotte, who served as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer until June 9, 2006, has stated an intention to arbitrate a claim for severance compensation. On September 21, 2006, Mr. Pilotte filed an action in Dallas County (Texas) Court alleging that Digital Recorders, Inc., and others affiliated with the Company, have wrongfully withheld such payments of lump sum form and further that the Company and certain of its officers have provided misleading or false information and representations to him and others. Mr. Pilotte seeks a lump sum payment of all remaining severance obligations, statutory and liquidated damages provided under the Carolina Wage and Hour Act, as well as reasonable attorney’s fees. Since Mr. Pilotte’s termination, the Company has paid severance compensation to him in the form of standard payroll installments, with such payments scheduled to be completed in March 2007. The Company believes Mr. Pilotte’s claims are without merit and does not believe the matter will have a material impact on the Company.


77


 

 
(19)  Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
 
The following is a summary of unaudited quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31, 2006  
    Q1     Q2     Q3     Q4  
    (In thousands, except share and per share amounts)  
    (Unaudited)  
 
Net sales
  $ 11,112     $ 13,558     $ 13,096     $ 13,572  
Gross profit
    3,443       4,413       3,727       3,148  
Operating income (loss)
    (488 )     198       (498 )     (2,021 )
Net loss applicable to common shareholders
    (866 )     (243 )     (1,088 )     (2,044 )
Net loss applicable to common shareholders per common share:
                               
Basic
  $ (0.09 )   $ (0.02 )   $ (0.11 )   $ (0.21 )
Diluted
  $ (0.09 )   $ (0.02 )   $ (0.11 )   $ (0.21 )
Weighted average number of common shares and common share equivalents outstanding
                               
Basic
    9,751,290       9,777,499       9,801,789       9,818,919  
Diluted
    9,751,290       9,777,499       9,801,789       9,818,919  
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31, 2005  
    Q1     Q2     Q3     Q4  
    (In thousands, except share and per share amounts)  
    (Unaudited)  
 
Net sales
  $ 10,629     $ 12,666     $ 10,890     $ 11,160  
Gross profit
    4,268       5,067       3,434       2,573  
Operating income (loss)
    (646 )     (287 )     (1,585 )     (2,314 )
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders
    (1,000 )     (1,194 )     (1,961 )     (2,295 )
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders per common share
                               
Basic
  $ (0.10 )   $ (0.12 )   $ (0.20 )   $ (0.24 )
Diluted
  $ (0.10 )   $ (0.12 )   $ (0.20 )   $ (0.24 )
Weighted average number of common shares and common share equivalents outstanding
                               
Basic
    9,601,096       9,671,068       9,696,765       9,731,722  
Diluted
    9,601,096       9,671,068       9,696,765       9,731,722  
 
During the fourth quarter of 2006, as discussed in Note 20, the Company recorded expenses for Industrialized Products Tax, a form of federal value-added tax in Brazil, and related penalties and interest assessed by Brazil’s Federal Revenue Service (“FRS”) in the amount of $1.5 million, or $750,000 net of the minority ownership in Mobitec Ltda.
 
(20)  Foreign Tax Settlement
 
At December 31, 2006, the Company’s Brazilian subsidiary, Mobitec Ltda, recorded a liability for Imposto sobre Produtos Industrializados (Industrialized Products Tax or “IPI Tax”), a form of federal value-added tax in Brazil, and related penalties and interest assessed by Brazil’s Federal Revenue Service (“FRS”) in the amount of $1.5 million, or $750,000 net of the minority ownership in Mobitec Ltda.
 
The assessment was the result of an audit performed by the FRS in 2006 for the periods January 1, 1999 to June 30, 2006 and varying interpretations of Brazil’s complex tax laws by the FRS and the Company. Prior to the


78


 

audit conducted by the FRS, the Company, under guidance provided by its Brazilian legal counsel, interpreted certain provisions of Brazil’s tax laws to conclude IPI Tax was suspended on sales of Mobitec Ltda’s products to be used in the manufacture of buses. Upon conclusion of the FRS audit in December 2006, the Company and its Brazilian legal counsel were informed the FRS did not concur with the Company’s assessment that suspension of IPI Tax on Mobitec Ltda’s sales of products to end users to be used in the manufacture of buses was appropriate.
 
The Company reached a settlement with the FRS to pay the assessed amount in monthly installments over a five-year period. The settlement did not impact our right to appeal the decision and the Company is proceeding with such an appeal. The Company and its legal counsel believe the decision of the FRS could be overturned on appeal. However, the appeals process could take several months or years to complete and the Company can give no assurance the decision of the FRS will be overturned.
 
(21)  Subsequent Event
 
On February 27, 2007, 104 shares of Series I Preferred with a liquidation value of $520,000 were converted into 325,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock. As a result of this conversion, there are no shares of Series I Preferred outstanding.


79


 

 
Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
 
None.
 
Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures
 
Introduction
 
“Disclosure Controls and Procedures” are defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) as the controls and procedures of an issuer that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported, within the time period specified by the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure Controls and Procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by an issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the issuer’s management, including its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.
 
“Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, an issuer’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by an issuer’s board of directors, management, and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and disposition of an issuer; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the issuer are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the issuer; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the issuer’s assets that could have a material adverse effect on the financial statements.
 
We have endeavored to design our Disclosure Controls and Procedures and Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting to provide reasonable assurances that their objectives will be met.
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
Although internal controls over financial reporting are both a significant and integral part of the overall disclosure control environment, disclosure controls are much broader than just internal controls over financial reporting.
 
As of December 31, 2006, management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, performed an in-depth review of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14 and concluded, that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective, ensuring that information required to be disclosed in the reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time period specified by the SEC’s rules and forms and in timely alerting them to material information relating to us (including our consolidated subsidiaries) that is required to be included in our periodic SEC reports. There have been no changes in the quarter ended December 31, 2006, that would be reasonably likely to affect our internal controls over financial reporting.
 
Required Reporting on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
In accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we will be required to deliver our initial report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting in connection with our annual report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2007. Nothing discussed above should be interpreted by the reader so as to conclude the Company is currently compliant with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. However, efforts to attain such compliance are currently underway.


80


 

 
Item 9B.   Other Information
 
None.
 
PART III
 
Certain information required by Part III is incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement pursuant to Regulation 14A relating to the annual meeting of shareholders for 2007 (the “Proxy Statement”), which shall be filed with the SEC no later than April 30, 2007. Only those sections of the Proxy Statement that specifically address the items set forth herein are incorporated by reference.
 
Item 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
 
The response to this Item regarding our directors and executive officers and compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act by our officers and directors is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement. Such information is set forth under the sections captioned “Proposal One — Election of Directors,” “Executive Officers,” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.” The Proxy Statement will be filed not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, and which is incorporated herein by reference.
 
The response to this Item regarding our Code of Conduct and Ethics is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement. Such information is set forth in the section captioned “Code of Conduct and Ethics.”
 
Item 11.   Executive Compensation
 
The response to this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement. Such information is set forth in the section captioned “Executive Compensation.”
 
Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters
 
The response to this Item regarding security ownership of certain principal shareholders and management is incorporated herein by reference to the information set forth in the sections titled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” and “Security Ownership of Named Executive Officers and Directors” in the Proxy Statement.
 
Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
 
The response to this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement. Such information is set forth in the section captioned “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and is incorporated by reference herein.
 
Item 14.   Principal Accounting Fees and Services
 
The response to this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement. Such information is set forth in the section captioned “Board of Directors’ Committees-Audit Committee Report” and is incorporated herein by reference; provided, however, that the Audit Committee Report included under that caption is not incorporated herein by reference.
 
PART IV
 
Item 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
(1)(2)   Financial Statements
 
See the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statements Schedules in Part II, Item 8.


81


 

 
(3)   Exhibits
 
The following documents are filed herewith or have been included as exhibits to previous filings with the SEC and are incorporated herein by this reference:
 
         
Exhibit
   
No.
 
Document
 
  3 .1   Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on September 18, 2006)
  3 .2   Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Certificate of Designation with respect to its Series D Junior Participating Preferred Stock (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 28, 2006)
  3 .3   Certificate of Designation of Series D Junior Participating Preferred Stock (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Form 8-A filed with the SEC on October 2, 2006)
  3 .4   Amendment to Certificate of Designation of Series D Junior Participating Preferred Stock (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Form 8-A filed with the SEC on October 2, 2006)
  4 .1   Form of specimen certificate for Common Stock of the Company (incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 14, 2004)
  4 .2   Form of Underwriter’s Warrants issued by the Company to the Underwriter (incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 14, 2004)
  4 .3   Warrant Agreement between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 14, 2004)
  4 .4   Rights Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2006, between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent, together with the following exhibits thereto: Exhibit A — Certificate of Designation of Series D Junior Participating Preferred Stock of Digital Recorders, Inc. and the Amendment to Certificate of Designation of Series D Junior Participating Preferred Stock of Digital Recorders, Inc.; Exhibit B — Form of Right Certificate; and Exhibit C — Summary of Rights to Purchase Shares (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 2, 2006)
  4 .5   Omnibus Amendment dated as of January 10, 2007, effective December 31, 2006, by and among the Company, TwinVision of North America, Inc., Digital Audio Corporation, Robinson-Turney International, Inc., and Laurus Master Fund, Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 16, 2007)
  4 .6   Amended and Restated Secured Term Note dated as of January 10, 2007, effective December 31, 2006, by and between the Company, TwinVision of North America, Inc., Digital Audio Corporation, Robinson-Turney International, Inc., and Laurus Master Fund, Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 16, 2007)
  4 .7   Second Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of January 10, 2007, effective December 31, 2006, by and between the Company and Laurus Master Fund, Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 16, 2007)
  10 .1   Executive Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 1999, between the Company and Larry Hagemann (incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders for fiscal year 2000, filed with the SEC on June 6, 2001)
  10 .2   Executive Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 1999, between the Company and Larry Taylor (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders for fiscal year 2000 filed with the SEC on June 6, 2001)
  10 .3   Form of Office Lease, between the Company and Sterling Plaza Limited Partnership (incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Form 10-KSB/A, filed with the SEC on May 21, 2001)
  10 .4   Lease Agreement, between the Company and The Prudential Savings Bank, F.S.B., dated December 18, 1998 (incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Registration Statement on Form SB-2, filed with the SEC (SEC File No. 33-82870-A))


82


 

         
Exhibit
   
No.
 
Document
 
  10 .5   Extended Employment Agreement, dated December 17, 2001, between the Company and David Turney (incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Form 10-KSB, filed with the SEC on March 27, 2002)
  10 .6   Form of Loan Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2002, between the Company and John D. Higgins (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 30, 2002)
  10 .7   Form of Digital Recorders, Inc., Convertible Debenture, dated August 26, 2002, issued to John D. Higgins (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 30, 2002)
  10 .8   Form of Security Agreement, dated August 26, 2002, between the Company and John D. Higgins (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 30, 2002)
  10 .9   Form of Pledge Agreement, dated August 26, 2002, between the Company and John D. Higgins (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 30, 2002)
  10 .10   Form of Subsidiary Guarantee, dated August 26, 2002, by Subsidiaries of the Company in favor of John D. Higgins (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 30, 2002)
  10 .11   Form of Subsidiary Security Agreement, dated August 26, 2002, among the Company, TwinVision® of North America, Inc. and John D. Higgins (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 30, 2002)
  10 .12   Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 13, 2003, by and between Dolphin Offshore Partners, L.P. and the Company (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 12, 2003)
  10 .13   Stock Purchase Warrant, dated as of October 13, 2003, issued by the Company to Dolphin Offshore Partners, L.P. (terminated) (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 12, 2003)
  10 .14   Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2004, by and between Dolphin Offshore Partners, L.P. (incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 14, 2004)
  10 .15   Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 5, 2003, by and between LaSalle Business Credit, LLC, as lender, and the Company, as borrower (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 12, 2003)
  10 .16   Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 6, 2003, by and between LaSalle Business Credit, LLC, as lender, and the Company, as borrower (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 12, 2003)
  10 .17   Warrant Agreement, dated March 23, 2004, between Digital Recorders, Inc. and Fairview Capital Ventures LLC (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, filed with the SEC on April 16, 2004)
  10 .18   Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of April 21, 2004, among Digital Recorders, Inc. and the investors named therein (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 22, 2004)
  10 .19   Registration Rights Agreement dated as of April 21, 2004, among Digital Recorders, Inc. and the investors named therein (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 22, 2004)
  10 .20   Form of Warrant dated as of April 21, 2004, issued by Digital Recorders, Inc. to each of the Investors named in the Securities Purchase Agreement filed as Exhibit 10.18 hereto (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 22, 2004)
  10 .21   Warrant, dated April 26, 2004, issued by the Company to Roth Capital Partners, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004)

83


 

         
Exhibit
   
No.
 
Document
 
  10 .22   Amendment No. 2 to Rights Agreement, dated July 8, 2004, between Digital Recorders, Inc. and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 8, 2004)
  10 .23   Securities Purchase Agreement, dated October 5, 2004, between the Company and Riverview Group LLC (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on October 7, 2004)
  10 .24   Registration Rights Agreement, dated October 5, 2004, between the Company and Riverview Group LLC (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on October 7, 2004)
  10 .25   Warrant, dated October 6, 2004, issued by the Company to Riverview Group, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on October 7, 2004)
  10 .26   Amended and Restated Warrant, dated October 6, 2004, issued by the Company to Roth Capital Partners, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004)
  10 .27   Executive Employment Agreement, between the Company and David N. Pilotte, dated October 25, 2004 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on October 22, 2004)
  10 .28   First Lease Amendment, between the Company and Property Reserve, Inc., f/k/a The Prudential Savings Bank, F.S.B., dated December 11, 2002 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement of Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 4, 2005)
  10 .29   Second Lease Amendment, between the Company and Property Reserve, Inc., f/k/a The Prudential Savings Bank, F.S.B., dated June 18, 2003 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement of Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 4, 2005)
  10 .30   Third Lease Amendment, between the Company and Property Reserve, Inc., f/k/a The Prudential Savings Bank, F.S.B., dated August 21, 2003 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement of Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 4, 2005)
  10 .31   Fourth Lease Amendment, between the Company and Property Reserve, Inc., f/k/a The Prudential Savings Bank, F.S.B., dated September 8, 2003 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement of Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 4, 2005)
  10 .32   First Amendment, between the Company and Sterling Plaza Limited Partnership, d/b/a Dallas Sterling Plaza Limited Partnership, dated August 25, 2003 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement of Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 4, 2005)
  10 .33   Second Amendment, between Sterling Plaza Limited Partnership, d/b/a Dallas Sterling Plaza Limited Partnership and the Company, dated September 17, 2004 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement of Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 4, 2005)
  10 .34   Certificate of Designation of Series G Convertible Preferred Stock, dated June 23, 2005, between the Company and Dolphin Offshore Partners, L.P. (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on June 28, 2005)
  10 .35   Share Purchase Agreement, dated June 23, 2005, by and between the Company and Dolphin Offshore Partners, L.P. (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on June 28, 2005)
  10 .36   Stock Purchase Agreement, dated June 23, 2005, issued by the Company to Dolphin Offshore Partners, L.P. (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on June 28, 2005)
  10 .37   Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 23, 2005, by and between the Company and Dolphin Offshore Partners, L.P. (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on June 28, 2005)
  10 .38   Promissory note dated July 25, 2005, between the Company and John D. Higgins (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005)
  10 .39   Share Purchase Agreement, dated October 31, 2005, between John D. Higgins and the Company (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on November 4, 2005)

84


 

         
Exhibit
   
No.
 
Document
 
  10 .40   Form of Stock Purchase Warrant between John D. Higgins and the Company (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on November 4, 2005)
  10 .41   Form of Registration Rights Agreement between John D. Higgins and the Company (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on November 4, 2005)
  10 .42   Form of Certificate of Designation of Series H Convertible Preferred Stock (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on November 4, 2005)
  10 .43   Waiver, Consent and Fourth Amendment Agreement between the Company and LaSalle Business Credit, LLC, dated March 6, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on April 17, 2006)
  10 .44   Secured Non-Convertible Revolving Note between the Company and Laurus Master Fund, Ltd., dated March 16, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on March 21, 2006)
  10 .45   Security Agreement (with Schedules) between the Company and Laurus Master Fund, Ltd. dated March 16, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on March 21, 2006)
  10 .46   Grant of Security Interest in Patents and Trademarks (with Schedules) between the Company and Laurus Master Fund, Ltd., dated March 16, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on March 21, 2006)
  10 .47   Stock Pledge Agreement (with Schedules) between the Company and Laurus Master Fund, Ltd., dated March 16, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on March 21, 2006)
  10 .48   Registration Rights Agreement between the Company and Laurus Master Fund, Ltd., dated March 16, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on March 21, 2006)
  10 .49   Common Stock Purchase Warrant between the Company and Laurus Master Fund, Ltd., dated March 16, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on March 21, 2006)
  10 .50   Share Purchase Agreement between the Company and Transit Vehicle Technology Investments, Inc., dated March 21, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on March 23, 2006)
  10 .51   Stock Purchase Warrant between the Company and Transit Vehicle Technology Investments, Inc., dated March 21, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on March 23, 2006)
  10 .52   Registration Rights Agreement between the Company and Transit Vehicle Technology Investments, Inc., dated March 21, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on March 23, 2006)
  10 .53   Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of April 28, 2006, by and between Digital Recorders, Inc., TwinVision of North America, Inc., Digital Audio Corporation, and Robinson-Turney International, Inc., and Laurus Master Fund, Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on May 4, 2006)
  10 .54   Secured Term Note by Digital Recorders, Inc., TwinVision of North America, Inc., Digital Audio Corporation, and Robinson-Turney International, Inc., issued to Laurus Master Fund, Ltd., in the original principal amount of $1,600,000 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on May 4, 2006)
  10 .55   Common Stock Purchase Warrant dated as of April 28, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on May 4, 2006)
  10 .56   Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of April 28, 2006, by and between Digital Recorders, Inc. and Laurus Master Fund, Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on May 4, 2006)
  10 .57   Executive Employment Agreement, dated June 12, 2006, between the Company and Kathleen Oher (filed herewith)

85


 

         
Exhibit
   
No.
 
Document
 
  10 .58   Executive Employment Agreement, dated March 16, 2007, between the Company and Stephen P. Slay (filed herewith)
  21 .1   Listing of Subsidiaries of the Company (filed herewith)
  23 .1   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (filed herewith)
  31 .1   Section 302 Certification of David L. Turney (filed herewith)
  31 .2   Section 302 Certification of Stephen P. Slay (filed herewith)
  32 .1   Section 906 Certification of David L. Turney (filed herewith)
  32 .2   Section 906 Certification of Stephen P. Slay (filed herewith)

86


 

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
DIGITAL RECORDERS, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  DAVID L. TURNEY
David L. Turney
Chair of the Board, Chief Executive Officer
and President (Principal Executive Officer)
 
Date: March 28, 2007
 
In accordance with the Exchange Act, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  DAVID L. TURNEY

David L. Turney
  Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   March 28, 2007
             
             
         
/s/  STEPHEN P. SLAY

Stephen P. Slay
  Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   March 28, 2007
             
             
         
/s/  JOHN D. HIGGINS

John D. Higgins
  Director   March 28, 2007
             
             
         
/s/  C. JAMES MEESE JR.

C. James Meese Jr.
  Director   March 28, 2007
             
             
         
/s/  STEPHANIE L. PINSON

Stephanie L. Pinson
  Director   March 28, 2007
             
             
         
/s/  JOHN K. PIROTTE

John K. Pirotte
  Director   March 28, 2007
             
             
         
/s/  JULIANN TENNEY

Juliann Tenney, J.D.
  Director   March 28, 2007


87


 

SCHEDULE II
 
DIGITAL RECORDERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004
 
                                 
          Additions
             
    Balance at
    Charged to
             
    Beginning
    Costs and
          Balance at
 
    of Year     Expenses     Deductions(a)     End of Year  
    (In thousands)  
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
                               
Year ended December 31, 2006
  $ 396     $ 240     $ (278 )(a)   $ 358  
Year ended December 31, 2005
    172       331       (107 )(a)     396  
Year ended December 31, 2004
    115       110       (53 )(a)     172  
Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance
                               
Year ended December 31, 2006
  $ 6,022     $ 1,547     $     $ 7,569  
Year ended December 31, 2005
    3,720       2,302             6,022  
Year ended December 31, 2004
    1,529       2,191             3,720  
 
 
(a) Write-off of uncollectible accounts.


88


 

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
         
Exhibit
   
No.
 
Document
 
  3 .1   Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on September 18, 2006)
  3 .2   Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Certificate of Designation with respect to its Series D Junior Participating Preferred Stock (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K/A filed with the SEC on October 2, 2006)
  3 .3   Certificate of Designation of Series D Junior Participating Preferred Stock (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Form 8-A filed with the SEC on October 2, 2006)
  3 .4   Amendment to Certificate of Designation of Series D Junior Participating Preferred Stock (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Form 8-A filed with the SEC on October 2, 2006)
  4 .1   Form of specimen certificate for Common Stock of the Company (incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 14, 2004)
  4 .2   Form of Underwriter’s Warrants issued by the Company to the Underwriter (incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 14, 2004)
  4 .3   Warrant Agreement between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 14, 2004)
  4 .4   Rights Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2006, between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent, together with the following exhibits thereto: Exhibit A — Certificate of Designation of Series D Junior Participating Preferred Stock of Digital Recorders, Inc. and the Amendment to Certificate of Designation of Series D Junior Participating Preferred Stock of Digital Recorders, Inc.; Exhibit B — Form of Right Certificate; and Exhibit C — Summary of Rights to Purchase Shares (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 2, 2006)
  4 .5   Omnibus Amendment dated as of January 10, 2007, effective December 31, 2006, by and among the Company, TwinVision of North America, Inc., Digital Audio Corporation, Robinson-Turney International, Inc., and Laurus Master Fund, Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 16, 2007)
  4 .6   Amended and Restated Secured Term Note dated as of January 10, 2007, effective December 31, 2006, by and between the Company, TwinVision of North America, Inc., Digital Audio Corporation, Robinson-Turney International, Inc., and Laurus Master Fund, Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 16, 2007)
  4 .7   Second Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of January 10, 2007, effective December 31, 2006, by and between the Company and Laurus Master Fund, Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 16, 2007)
  10 .1   Executive Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 1999, between the Company and Larry Hagemann (incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders for fiscal year 2000, filed with the SEC on June 6, 2001)
  10 .2   Executive Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 1999, between the Company and Larry Taylor (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders for fiscal year 2000 filed with the SEC on June 6, 2001)
  10 .3   Form of Office Lease, between the Company and Sterling Plaza Limited Partnership (incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Form 10-KSB/A, filed with the SEC on May 21, 2001)
  10 .4   Lease Agreement, between the Company and The Prudential Savings Bank, F.S.B., dated December 18, 1998 (incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Registration Statement on Form SB-2, filed with the SEC (SEC File No. 33-82870-A))
  10 .5   Extended Employment Agreement, dated December 17, 2001, between the Company and David Turney (incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Form 10-KSB, filed with the SEC on March 27, 2002)


89


 

         
Exhibit
   
No.
 
Document
 
  10 .6   Form of Loan Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2002, between the Company and John D. Higgins (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 30, 2002)
  10 .7   Form of Digital Recorders, Inc., Convertible Debenture, dated August 26, 2002, issued to John D. Higgins (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 30, 2002)
  10 .8   Form of Security Agreement, dated August 26, 2002, between the Company and John D. Higgins (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 30, 2002)
  10 .9   Form of Pledge Agreement, dated August 26, 2002, between the Company and John D. Higgins (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 30, 2002)
  10 .10   Form of Subsidiary Guarantee, dated August 26, 2002, by Subsidiaries of the Company in favor of John D. Higgins (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 30, 2002)
  10 .11   Form of Subsidiary Security Agreement, dated August 26, 2002, among the Company, TwinVision® of North America, Inc. and John D. Higgins (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 30, 2002)
  10 .12   Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 13, 2003, by and between Dolphin Offshore Partners, L.P. and the Company (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 12, 2003)
  10 .13   Stock Purchase Warrant, dated as of October 13, 2003, issued by the Company to Dolphin Offshore Partners, L.P. (terminated) (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 12, 2003)
  10 .14   Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2004, by and between Dolphin Offshore Partners, L.P. (incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 14, 2004)
  10 .15   Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 5, 2003, by and between LaSalle Business Credit, LLC, as lender, and the Company, as borrower (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 12, 2003)
  10 .16   Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 6, 2003, by and between LaSalle Business Credit, LLC, as lender, and the Company, as borrower (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 12, 2003)
  10 .17   Warrant Agreement, dated March 23, 2004, between Digital Recorders, Inc. and Fairview Capital Ventures LLC (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, filed with the SEC on April 16, 2004)
  10 .18   Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of April 21, 2004, among Digital Recorders, Inc. and the investors named therein (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 22, 2004)
  10 .19   Registration Rights Agreement dated as of April 21, 2004, among Digital Recorders, Inc. and the investors named therein (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 22, 2004)
  10 .20   Form of Warrant dated as of April 21, 2004, issued by Digital Recorders, Inc. to each of the Investors named in the Securities Purchase Agreement filed as Exhibit 10.18 hereto (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 22, 2004)
  10 .21   Warrant, dated April 26, 2004, issued by the Company to Roth Capital Partners, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004)
  10 .22   Amendment No. 2 to Rights Agreement, dated July 8, 2004, between Digital Recorders, Inc. and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 8, 2004)


90


 

         
Exhibit
   
No.
 
Document
 
  10 .23   Securities Purchase Agreement, dated October 5, 2004, between the Company and Riverview Group LLC (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on October 7, 2004)
  10 .24   Registration Rights Agreement, dated October 5, 2004, between the Company and Riverview Group LLC (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on October 7, 2004)
  10 .25   Warrant, dated October 6, 2004, issued by the Company to Riverview Group, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on October 7, 2004)
  10 .26   Amended and Restated Warrant, dated October 6, 2004, issued by the Company to Roth Capital Partners, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004)
  10 .27   Executive Employment Agreement, between the Company and David N. Pilotte, dated October 25, 2004 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on October 22, 2004)
  10 .28   First Lease Amendment, between the Company and Property Reserve, Inc., f/k/a The Prudential Savings Bank, F.S.B., dated December 11, 2002 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement of Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 4, 2005)
  10 .29   Second Lease Amendment, between the Company and Property Reserve, Inc., f/k/a The Prudential Savings Bank, F.S.B., dated June 18, 2003 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement of Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 4, 2005)
  10 .30   Third Lease Amendment, between the Company and Property Reserve, Inc., f/k/a The Prudential Savings Bank, F.S.B., dated August 21, 2003 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement of Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 4, 2005)
  10 .31   Fourth Lease Amendment, between the Company and Property Reserve, Inc., f/k/a The Prudential Savings Bank, F.S.B., dated September 8, 2003 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement of Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 4, 2005)
  10 .32   First Amendment, between the Company and Sterling Plaza Limited Partnership, d/b/a Dallas Sterling Plaza Limited Partnership, dated August 25, 2003 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement of Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 4, 2005)
  10 .33   Second Amendment, between Sterling Plaza Limited Partnership, d/b/a Dallas Sterling Plaza Limited Partnership and the Company, dated September 17, 2004 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement of Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 4, 2005)
  10 .34   Certificate of Designation of Series G Convertible Preferred Stock, dated June 23, 2005, between the Company and Dolphin Offshore Partners, L.P. (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on June 28, 2005)
  10 .35   Share Purchase Agreement, dated June 23, 2005, by and between the Company and Dolphin Offshore Partners, L.P. (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on June 28, 2005)
  10 .36   Stock Purchase Agreement, dated June 23, 2005, issued by the Company to Dolphin Offshore Partners, L.P. (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on June 28, 2005)
  10 .37   Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 23, 2005, by and between the Company and Dolphin Offshore Partners, L.P. (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on June 28, 2005)
  10 .38   Promissory note dated July 25, 2005, between the Company and John D. Higgins (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005)
  10 .39   Share Purchase Agreement, dated October 31, 2005, between John D. Higgins and the Company (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on November 4, 2005)
  10 .40   Form of Stock Purchase Warrant between John D. Higgins and the Company (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on November 4, 2005)


91


 

         
Exhibit
   
No.
 
Document
 
  10 .41   Form of Registration Rights Agreement between John D. Higgins and the Company (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on November 4, 2005)
  10 .42   Form of Certificate of Designation of Series H Convertible Preferred Stock (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on November 4, 2005)
  10 .43   Waiver, Consent and Fourth Amendment Agreement between the Company and LaSalle Business Credit, LLC, dated March 6, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on April 17, 2006)
  10 .44   Secured Non-Convertible Revolving Note between the Company and Laurus Master Fund, Ltd., dated March 16, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on March 21, 2006)
  10 .45   Security Agreement (with Schedules) between the Company and Laurus Master Fund, Ltd. dated March 16, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on March 21, 2006)
  10 .46   Grant of Security Interest in Patents and Trademarks (with Schedules) between the Company and Laurus Master Fund, Ltd., dated March 16, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on March 21, 2006)
  10 .47   Stock Pledge Agreement (with Schedules) between the Company and Laurus Master Fund, Ltd., dated March 16, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on March 21, 2006)
  10 .48   Registration Rights Agreement between the Company and Laurus Master Fund, Ltd., dated March 16, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on March 21, 2006)
  10 .49   Common Stock Purchase Warrant between the Company and Laurus Master Fund, Ltd., dated March 16, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on March 21, 2006)
  10 .50   Share Purchase Agreement between the Company and Transit Vehicle Technology Investments, Inc., dated March 21, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on March 23, 2006)
  10 .51   Stock Purchase Warrant between the Company and Transit Vehicle Technology Investments, Inc., dated March 21, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on March 23, 2006)
  10 .52   Registration Rights Agreement between the Company and Transit Vehicle Technology Investments, Inc., dated March 21, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on March 23, 2006)
  10 .53   Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of April 28, 2006, by and between Digital Recorders, Inc., TwinVision of North America, Inc., Digital Audio Corporation, and Robinson-Turney International, Inc., and Laurus Master Fund, Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on May 4, 2006)
  10 .54   Secured Term Note by Digital Recorders, Inc., TwinVision of North America, Inc., Digital Audio Corporation, and Robinson-Turney International, Inc., issued to Laurus Master Fund, Ltd., in the original principal amount of $1,600,000 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on May 4, 2006)
  10 .55   Common Stock Purchase Warrant dated as of April 28, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on May 4, 2006)
  10 .56   Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of April 28, 2006, by and between Digital Recorders, Inc. and Laurus Master Fund, Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on May 4, 2006)
  10 .57   Executive Employment Agreement, dated June 12, 2006, between the Company and Kathleen Oher (filed herewith)
  10 .58   Executive Employment Agreement, dated March 16, 2007, between the Company and Stephen P. Slay (filed herewith)
  21 .1   Listing of Subsidiaries of the Company (filed herewith)


92


 

         
Exhibit
   
No.
 
Document
 
  23 .1   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (filed herewith)
  31 .1   Section 302 Certification of David L. Turney (filed herewith)
  31 .2   Section 302 Certification of Stephen P. Slay (filed herewith)
  32 .1   Section 906 Certification of David L. Turney (filed herewith)
  32 .2   Section 906 Certification of Stephen P. Slay (filed herewith)


93

EX-10.57 2 d45016exv10w57.htm EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT - KATHLEEN OHER exv10w57
 

Exhibit 10.57
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is effective as of the date signed as entered with signature by the Company on its last page (the “Agreement”), by and between Digital Recorders, Inc. (the “Company” or “DRI”) with principal offices at 5949 Sherry Lane; Suite 1050, Dallas, TX 75225, and Ms. Kathleen Oher; 12103 Talmay; Dallas, Texas 75230 (the “Executive”).
WHEREAS, Executive and Company desire to establish an Employment Agreement in which Executive is receiving compensation, benefits and other consideration, and in which Company is receiving benefits and consideration, related to professional employment, non-competition and non-disclosure;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1.   Employment: The Company agrees to employ Executive and Executive agrees to serve Company as its Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”).
 
2.   Position and Responsibilities: The Executive shall exert best efforts and devote full time and attention to the affairs of the Company. Executive shall have the authority and responsibility given by the general direction, approval, and control of the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company subject to the restrictions, limitations, policy and guidelines set forth by the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
3.   Term of Employment: The term of Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall be deemed to have commenced on the effective date as stated above, and shall continue until one year thereafter (the “Initial Term”), subject to extension or termination as provided in this Agreement. Provided Executive is in compliance with all obligations of this Agreement, the term of Executive’s employment shall be automatically extended for additional one-year terms upon expiration of the initial Term unless either party to this Agreement receives 90 days’ prior written notice from the other electing not to so extend. Compensation shall be that set forth in Section 5 hereof, unless other provisions override.
 
4.   Duties: During the period of employment hereunder and except for illness, specified vacation periods, and reasonable leaves of absence, Executive shall devote her full attention and skill to the business and affairs of the Company and its affiliates. The duties will be such as those typical to the position as first named in paragraph #1 above.
 
5.   Compensation: Commencing on the date at which Executive reports for full-time work under this agreement, Company shall pay to Executive, as compensation for services, the sum of $190,000 per year, payable semi-monthly. In addition, Executive shall receive such additional compensation and/or bonuses or stock options as may be set by the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company in accordance with policy set by the Human Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
6.   Special Compensation Provision: In the event of occurrence of a “triggering event”, which shall be defined to include:
  (i)   a change in ownership in one or a series of transactions of 50% or more of the outstanding shares of the Company; or,

Page #1 of 5 Pages


 

  (ii)   merger, consolidation, reorganization or liquidation of the Company;
    and, following such triggering event, Executive’s services are terminated by the Company or the Executive’s duties or authority are substantially diminished, Executive shall receive lump sum compensation equal to one (1) times Executive’s annual base compensation and incentive or bonus payments, if any, as shall have been paid (or if the time of employment is less that twelve months at time of trigger event then the annual base compensation rate shall apply) to Executive during Company’s most recent 12-month period within 30 days of the triggering event. If the total amount of such lump sum compensation were to exceed three (3) times Executive’s base compensation amount (defined as being the average annualized taxable compensation of Executive for the five (5) years, or fraction thereof, preceding the year in which the triggering event occurs), Company and Executive agree to reduce such lump sum compensation to be received by Executive in order to avoid imposition of the golden parachute tax, as provided in the Tax Reform Act of 1984, as amended by the Tax Return Act of 1986.
 
    In the event Executive is required to hire counsel to negotiate on Executive’s behalf in connection with termination or resignation from the Company upon the occurrence of a triggering event, specifically in order to enforce the rights and obligations of the Company as provided in this paragraph number six (6), the Company shall reimburse to Executive all reasonable attorneys’ fees which may be expended by Executive in seeking to enforce the terms of Agreement. Such reimbursement shall be paid every 30 days after Executive provides copies of invoices from Executive’s counsel to Company. Such invoices may be redacted to preserve attorney-client privilege, client confidentiality, or work product.
7.   Expense Reimbursement: Company will reimburse Executive for all reasonable and necessary expenses including travel expenses, reasonable entertainment expenses, and reasonable expenses related to Professional Organizations and continuing education both as appropriate to the position as incurred by Executive in carrying out duties under this Agreement. Executive shall present to Company each month an account of such expenses in form reasonably required by Company.
 
8.   Insurance Coverage: Executive will be entitled to participate in Company’s employee group insurance programs on the same basis as other executives of Company similarly situated. Additionally, Executive will be included in the Directors and Officers Insurance Coverage of the Company.
 
9.   Vacation Time & Holidays: Executive shall be entitled each year to a reasonable vacation in accordance with established practices of Company, and paid Holidays, now or hereafter in effect for its executive personnel, during which time Executive’s base compensation shall be paid in full.
10.   Benefits Payable on Disability: If Executive becomes disabled from properly performing services under this Agreement by reason of illness or other physical or mental incapacity, Company shall continue to pay Executive’s then current base compensation for the first three (3) months of such continuous disability commencing with the first date of such disability. Notwithstanding any other provision in this paragraph number ten (10), Company payments under this clause will be limited to that amount necessary, if any, to combine with any Disability Insurance payments (regardless of source), such as to equal Executives base compensation payments stated in Paragraph number five (5).
11.   Obligations of Executive During and After Employment:
  (a)   Executive agrees during the terms of employment under this Agreement, to engage in no other business or activities, directly or indirectly, which detract from the success of

Page #2 of 5 Pages


 

      Company or which are competitive with or which might place Executive in a competing position to that of Company, or any affiliated company.
  (b)   Executive realizes that during the course of employment under this Agreement, Executive will have produced and/or have access to confidential business plans, information, business opportunity records, notebooks, data, formula, specifications, trade secrets, customer lists, account lists and secret inventions and processes of Company and its affiliated companies. Therefore, during or subsequent to Executive’s employment by Company, or by an affiliated company, Executive agrees to hold in confidence and not to directly or indirectly disclose or use or copy or make lists of any such information, except to the extent authorized in writing by Company. All records, files, business plans, documents, equipment and the like, or copies thereof, relating to Company’s business, or the business of an affiliated company, which Executive shall prepare, or use, or come into contact with, shall remain the sole property of Company, or of an affiliated company, and shall not be removed from the Company’s or the affiliated company’s premises without its written consent, and shall be promptly returned to Company upon termination of employment with Company and its affiliated companies. The restrictions and obligations of Executive set forth in this Section 11(b) shall not apply to:
  (i)   information that is or becomes generally available and known to the industry or general public (other than as a result of a disclosure directly or indirectly by Executive); or,
  (ii)   information that was known to Executive prior to Executive’s employment by Company or its predecessor.
  (c)   Because of employment by Company, Executive shall have access to trade secrets and confidential information about Company, its business plans, its business accounts, its business opportunities, its expansion plans, and its methods of doing business. Executive agrees that for a period of one (1) year after termination or expiration of employment, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, compete with Company in its then present business, including, but without limitation, accepting employment or consulting with any company or business that competes with the Company, or its anticipated lines of business.
 
  (d)   In the event a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of this Section 11 to be so over-broad as to be unenforceable, such provision shall be reduced in scope by the court, but only to the extent deemed necessary by the court, to render the provision reasonable and enforceable, it being Executive’s intention to provide Company with the broadest protection possible against harmful competition.
12.   Termination for Cause by the Company: The Company may, without liability, terminate Executive’s employment hereunder for cause at any time upon written notice from the President and Chief Executive Officer of Company specifying such cause, and thereafter Company’s obligations under this Agreement shall cease and terminate; provided, however, that such written notice shall not be delivered until after the President and Chief Executive Officer shall have given Executive written notice specifying the conduct alleged to have constituted such cause and the Executive has failed to cure, if curable, such conduct to the complete satisfaction of Company.
 
    Grounds for termination “for cause” may be, but are not limited to, one or more of the following:
  (a)   A willful breach of a material duty by Executive during course of employment; or,
 
  (b)   Habitual neglect of a material duty by Executive; or,
 
  (c)   Actions which place Company in a materially unfavorable public relations or regulatory position; or,
 
  (d)   Action or inaction by Executive which places Company in circumstances of financial peril; or,

Page #3 of 5 Pages


 

  (e)   Fraud on Company or conviction of a crime or felony the nature of which, in the sole discretion of Company, is deemed by Company to place, or potentially place, Company in an unfavorable public relations or regulatory position or light.
13.   Termination by the Executive Without Cause: Executive, without cause, may terminate this Agreement upon 90 days prior written notice to Company. In such event, Executive shall be required to render services required under this Agreement during such 90-day period unless otherwise directed by the President and Chief Executive Officer. Compensation for earned vacation time not taken by Executive shall be paid to Executive at the date of such termination. Other than such earned vacation pay, Executive shall be paid for only the ninety (90) day notice period pursuant to normal pay practices and then all obligations regarding pay shall cease.
14.   Termination by the Company in absence of a Triggering Event: The Company, in absence of a triggering event (as defined in Paragraph six (6)), without cause, may terminate this Agreement. In such event, the Company shall pay a severance allowance equal to six (6) months’ salary provided that Executive is in compliance with all terms of this Agreement. No other benefits will be provided once this Agreement is terminated.
15.   Probationary Period: Notwithstanding any other termination provision of this agreement, the initial 90 days of employment will be regarded as a probationary period. During this period, either party may terminate the employment relationship on a basis of “no-fault”. Should this occur for the convenience of the Company, the Company will pay Executive 90 days of compensation. Should this occur for the convenience of Executive, no compensation or other benefits, beyond the last date of employment, will be paid.
16.   Termination upon Death of Executive: In addition to any other provision relating to termination, this Agreement shall terminate upon Executive’s death. In such event, the Company shall pay a severance allowance equal to three (3) months’ salary to Executive’s estate.
17.   Arbitration: Any controversy, dispute or claim arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement and/or its interpretation shall, unless resolved by agreement of the parties, be settled by binding arbitration in the State of North Carolina in accordance with the Rules of the American Arbitration Association then existing. This Agreement to arbitrate shall be specifically enforceable under the prevailing arbitration law of the State of North Carolina. The award rendered by the arbitrators shall be final and judgment may be entered upon the award in any court of the State of North Carolina having jurisdiction of the matter.
18.   General Provisions:
  (a)   The Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall not be transferable by assignment or otherwise, nor shall Executive’s rights be subject to encumbrance or to the claims of Company’s creditors. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the consolidation of Company with, or its merger into, any other corporation, or the sale by Company of any of its property or assets.
 
  (b)   This Agreement and the rights of Executive with respect to the benefits of employment referred to herein constitute the entire Agreement between the parties in respect of the employment of Executive by Company and supersede any and all other agreements, either oral or in writing, between the parties with respect to employment of Executive.
 
  (c)   The provisions of this Agreement shall be regarded as divisible, and if any of its provisions, or any part thereof, are declared invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, or an arbitration proceeding, the validity and enforceability of the remainder of such provisions or parts of this Agreement, and applicability, shall not be affected.

Page #4 of 5 Pages


 

  (d)   This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a written instrument executed by Company and Executive.
 
  (e)   This Agreement, and rights and obligations under this Agreement, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina.
19.   Construction: Throughout this Agreement the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, and the masculine and neuter shall include the feminine, wherever the context so requires.
20.   Text to Control: The headings of paragraphs and sections are included solely for convenience of reference. If any conflict between any heading and the text of this Agreement exists, the text shall control.
21.   Authority: The officer executing this agreement on behalf of the Company has been empowered and directed to do so by the Board of Directors of the Company.
22.   Effective Date: This Agreement shall be effective on the date first entered below.
             
 
           
 
           
 
           
For the Company:
  /s/ David L. Turney   Date: June 12, 2006  
 
           
 
  David L Turney;        
    Chairman, CEO and President        
 
           
 
       
For Executive:
  /s/ Kathleen Oher   Date: June 12, 2006  
 
           
 
  Kathleen Oher    

Page #5 of 5 Pages

EX-10.58 3 d45016exv10w58.htm EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT - STEPHEN P. SLAY exv10w58
 

Exhibit 10.58
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     This EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is effective as of the date signed as entered with signature by the Company on its last page (the “Agreement”), by and between Digital Recorders, Inc. (the “Company” or “DRI”) with principal offices at 5949 Sherry Lane; Suite 1050, Dallas, TX 75225, and Mr. Stephen P. Slay of 3924 Boulton Court, Plano, TX 75025 (the “Executive”).
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1. Employment. The Company agrees to employ Executive and Executive agrees to serve Company as its Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”).
     2. Position and Responsibilities. The Executive shall exert his best efforts and devote full time and attention to the affairs of the Company. The Executive shall have the authority and responsibility given by the general direction, approval and control of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, subject to the restrictions, limitations and guidelines set forth by the Board of Directors.
     3. Term of Employment. The term of Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall be deemed to have commenced on the effective date as stated above, and shall continue until one year thereafter (the “Initial Term”), subject to extension or termination as provided in this Agreement. Provided Executive is in compliance with all obligations of this Agreement, the term of Executive’s employment shall be automatically extended for additional one-year terms upon expiration of the initial Term unless either party to this Agreement receives 90 days’ prior written notice from the other electing not to so extend. Compensation shall be that set forth in Section 5 hereof, unless other provisions override.
     4. Duties. During the period of his employment hereunder and except for illness, specified vacation periods and reasonable leaves of absence, the Executive shall devote his best efforts and full attention and skill to the business and affairs of the Company and its affiliated companies as such business and affairs now exist and as they may be hereinafter be defined.
     5. Compensation. Commencing on March 16, 2007, the Company shall pay to the Executive as compensation for his services the sum of $175,0001 per year, payable pursuant to established Company pay policy. In addition, the Executive shall receive such additional compensation and/or bonuses as may be recommended by the CEO of the Company and voted to him in the discretion of the Compensation Committee for approval by the Board of Directors on the basis of the value of such Executive’s services to the Company.
     In the event of the occurrence of a “triggering event” which shall be defined to include a (i) change in ownership in one or a series of transactions of 50% or more of the outstanding shares of the Company, or (ii) merger, consolidation, reorganization or liquidation of the Company, and following such triggering event either (i) the Executive elects to terminate this agreement or (ii) the Executive’s services are terminated by the Company or the Executive or the
 
1 Refer to Attachment A

1


 

Executive’s duties, authority or responsibilities are substantially diminished, the Executive shall receive lump sum compensation equal to two times his annual salary and incentive or bonus payments, if any, as shall have been paid to the Executive during the Company’s most recent 12-month period within 30 days of the triggering event. If the total amount of the change of control compensation were to exceed three (3) times the Executive’s base amount (the average annual taxable compensation of the Executive for the five (5) years preceding the year in which the change of control occurs), the Company and the Executive may agree to reduce the lump sum compensation to be received by Executive in order to avoid the imposition of the golden parachute tax as provided in the Tax Reform Act of 1984, as amended by the Tax Return Act of 1986.
     In the event the Executive is required to hire counsel to negotiate on his behalf in connection with his termination or resignation from the Company upon the occurrence of a triggering event, or in order to enforce the rights and obligations of the Company as provided in this paragraph, the Company shall reimburse to the Executive all reasonable attorneys’ fees which may be expended by the Executive in seeking to enforce the terms hereof. Such reimbursement shall be paid every 30 days after the Executive provides copies of invoices from the Executive’s counsel to the Company. However, such invoices may be redacted to preserve the attorney-client privilege, client confidentiality or work product.
     6. Expense Reimbursement. The Company will reimburse the Executive, at least monthly, for all reasonable and necessary expenses, including without limitation, travel expenses, and reasonable entertainment expenses, incurred by him in carrying out his duties under this Agreement. The Executive shall present to the Company each month an account of such expenses in such form as is reasonably required by the Board of Directors.
     7. Medical and Dental Coverage. The Executive will be entitled to participate in the Company’s employee group medical and other group insurance programs on the same basis as other executives of the Company. Any other benefits offered to personnel in the Company similar to Executive shall also be offered to Executive upon the same terms. Executive shall additionally be named as an insured party on the Officer and Director insurance policy carried by the Company.
     8. Medical Examination. If so requested, the Executive agrees to submit himself for physical examination on one occasion per year as requested by the Company for the purpose of the Company’s (should it elect to do so at its sole discretion) obtaining life insurance on the life of the Executive for the benefit of the Company as may be required; provided, however, that the Company shall bear the entire cost of such examinations and shall pay all premiums on any key man life insurance obtained for the benefit of the Company as beneficiary or with respect to any other designated beneficiary.
     9. Vacation Time. The Executive shall be entitled each year to a reasonable vacation in accordance with the established practices of the Company, now or hereafter in effect for the executive personnel of like standing, during which time the Executive’s compensation shall be paid in full.
     10. Benefits Payable on Disability. If the Executive becomes disabled from properly performing services hereunder by reason of illness or other physical or mental incapacity, the

2


 

Company shall continue to pay the Executive his then current salary hereunder for the first six (6) months of such continuous disability commencing with the first date of such disability.
     11. Obligations of Executive During and After Employment.
     (a) The Executive agrees that during the terms of his employment under this Agreement, he will engage in no other business activities directly or indirectly, which are competitive with or which might place him in a competing position to that of the Company, or any affiliated company.
     (b) The Executive realizes that during the course of his employment, Executive will have produced and/or have access to confidential business plans, information, business opportunity records, notebooks, data, formula, specifications, trade secrets, customer lists, account lists and secret inventions and processes of the Company and its affiliated companies (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “Confidential Information”). Therefore, during or subsequent to his employment by the Company, or by an affiliated company, the Executive agrees to hold in confidence and not to directly or indirectly disclose or use or copy or make lists of any such information, except to the extent authorized by the Company in writing. All records, files, business plans, documents, equipment and the like, or copies thereof, relating to Company’s business, or the business of an affiliated company, which Executive shall prepare, or use, or come into contact with, shall remain the sole property of the Company, or of an affiliated company, and shall not be removed from the Company’s or the affiliated company’s premises without its written consent, and shall be promptly returned to the Company upon termination of employment with the Company and its affiliated companies. The restrictions and obligations of Executive set forth in this Section 11(b) shall not apply to (i) information that is or becomes generally available and known to the industry (other than as a result of a disclosure directly or indirectly by Executive); or (ii) information that was known to Executive prior to Executive’s employment by the Company or its predecessor.
     (c) Because of his employment by the Company, Executive shall have access to trade secrets and confidential information about the Company, its business plans, its business accounts, its business opportunities, its expansion plans into other geographical areas and its methods of doing business. Executive agrees that for a period of six (6) months after termination or expiration of his employment, he will not, directly or indirectly, compete with the Company in its then present business or anticipated lines of business in any geographic area in which the Company competes or has planned to do business on the effective date of termination as set forth in its most recent Strategic Business Plan. Further, he agrees for the same period that he shall in no manner solicit or contact any customer or organization with which the Company does business for the purpose of any act which might be considered competition or which may be construed to be detrimental to the business or goodwill of the Company.
     (d) With respect to Inventions made or conceived by the Executive since the time he began work with the Company, whether or not during the hours of his employment or with the use of the Company facilities, materials, or personnel, either solely or jointly with others during his employment by the Company or within one year after termination

3


 

of such employment if based on or related to Confidential Information, and without royalty or any other consideration, the following shall apply:
     (i) Inventions. “Inventions” means discoveries, concepts, and ideas, whether patentable or not, including, but not limited to, processes, methods, formulas, programs, and techniques, as well as improvements or know-how, concerning any present or prospective activities of the Company with which the Executive becomes acquainted as a result of his employment by the Company.
     (ii) Reports. The Executive shall inform the Company promptly and fully of such Inventions by a written report, setting forth in detail the procedures employed and the results achieved. A report will be submitted by the Executive upon completion of any studies or research projects undertaken on the Company’s behalf, whether or not in the Executive’s opinion a given project has resulted in an Invention.
     (iii) Patents. The Executive shall apply, at the Company’s request and expense, for United States and foreign letter patent either in the Executive’s name or otherwise as the Company shall desire.
     (iv) Assignment. The Executive hereby assigns and agrees to assign to the Company all of this rights to such Inventions, and to applications for United States and/or foreign letters patent and to United States and/or foreign letters patent granted upon such Inventions.
     (v) Cooperation. The Executive shall acknowledge and deliver promptly to the Company, without charge to the Company but at its expense, such written instruments and do such other acts, such as giving testimony in support of the Executive’s inventorship, as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to obtain and maintain United States and/or foreign letters patent and to vest the entire right and title thereto in the Company.
     (vi) Use. The Company shall also have the royalty-free right to do business, and to make, use, and sell products, processes, and/or services derived from any inventions, discoveries, concepts, and ideas, whether or not patentable, including, but not limited to, processes, methods, formulas, and techniques, as well as improvements or know-how, whether or not within the scope of inventions, but which are conceived or made by the Executive during the hours which he is employed by the Company or with the use or assistance of the Company’s facilities, materials, or personnel, or within the period set forth in this Section 11.
     (e) In the event a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of this Section 11 to be so overbroad as to be unenforceable, then such provision shall be reduced in scope by the court, but only to the extent deemed necessary by the court to render the provision reasonable and enforceable, it being the Executive’s intention to provide the Company with the broadest protection possible against harmful competition.

4


 

     12. Nonsolicitation of Employees. Executive undertakes and agrees that during the term of this Agreement and for a period of one (1) year after this Agreement shall be terminated, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, he will not, without the prior written approval of the Company solicit any other employees with regard to working for a competitor.
     In the event Company shall establish to the satisfaction of a court of competent jurisdiction the existence of a breach or threatened breach by Executive of this section, the Company, in addition to any other rights and remedies it may have, shall be entitled to an injunction restraining the Executive from doing or continuing to do any such act in violation of this section, as well as attorney’s fees and costs of prosecution to enforce this Agreement, if the Company ultimately prevails on the merits.
     13. Termination for Cause by the Company. The Company may, without liability, terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for cause at any time upon written notice from the CEO specifying such cause, and thereafter the Company’s obligations hereunder shall cease and terminate; provided, however, that such written notice shall not be delivered until after the CEO shall have given the Executive written notice specifying the conduct alleged to have constituted such cause and the Executive has failed to cure such conduct, if curable, within fifteen (15) days following receipt of such notice.
     Grounds for termination “for cause” are one or more of the following:
     (a) A willful breach of a material duty by the Executive during the course of his employment;
     (b) Habitual neglect of a material duty by the Executive;
     (c) Fraud on the Company, conviction of a felony involving or against the Company, or conviction of a crime of moral turpitude that affects the integrity and name of the Company.
     Executive shall resign as a director and an officer of the Company if terminated for cause.
     14. Termination by the Executive or the Company Without Cause.
     (a) The Executive, without cause, may terminate this Agreement upon 90 days prior written notice to the Company. In such event, the Executive may be required (at the sole discretion of the Company) to render the services required under this Agreement during such 90-day period. Compensation for vacation time not taken by Executive shall be paid to the Executive at the date of termination. Executive shall be paid for only the ninety (90) day period, if actually required to work, pursuant to normal pay practices and then all obligations regarding pay shall cease. Executive shall resign as a director and as an officer if he terminates this Agreement.
     (b) The Company, without cause, may terminate this Agreement. In such event, the Company shall pay a severance allowance equal to six (6) months of the base salary payable at regular scheduled pay periods over the period. Said severance shall be subject to mitigation should Employee obtain other employment during the severance period by

5


 

the amount earned by the Employee during the severance period regardless of when paid or to be paid. Executive shall resign as a director and as an officer of the Company if the Company terminates this Agreement.
     15. Termination upon Death of Executive. In addition to any other provision relating to the termination, this Agreement shall terminate upon the Executive’s death. In such event, the Company shall pay a severance allowance equal to three (3) months of the base salary without bonuses to the Executive’s estate.
     16. Arbitration. Any controversy, dispute or claim arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement and/or its interpretation shall, unless resolved by agreement of the parties, be settled by binding arbitration in Mecklenburg County, Charlotte, North Carolina, in accordance with the Rules of the American Arbitration Association then existing. This Agreement to arbitrate shall be specifically enforceable under the prevailing arbitration law of the State of North Carolina. The award rendered by the arbitrators shall be final and judgment may be entered upon the award in any court of the State of North Carolina having jurisdiction of the matter.
     17. General Provisions.
     (a) The Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall not be transferable by assignment or otherwise, nor shall Executive’s rights be subject to encumbrance or to the claims of the Company’s creditors. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the consolidation of the Company with, or its merger into, any other corporation, or the sale by the Company of all or substantially all of its property or assets or assignment via reincorporation.
     (b) This Agreement and the rights of Executive with respect to the benefits of employment referred to herein constitute the entire Agreement between the parties hereto in respect of the employment of the Executive by the Company and supersede any and all other agreements either oral or in writing between the parties hereto with respect to the employment of the Executive.
     (c) The provisions of this Agreement shall be regarded as divisible, and if any of said provisions or any part thereof are declared invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction or in an arbitration proceeding, the validity and enforceability of the remainder of such provisions or parts thereof and the applicability thereof shall not be affected thereby.
     (d) This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a written instrument executed by Company and Executive.
     (e) This Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina.
     18. Construction. Throughout this Agreement the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, and the masculine and neuter shall include the feminine, wherever the context so requires.

6


 

     19. Text to Control. The headings of paragraphs and sections are included solely for convenience of reference. If any conflict between any heading and the text of this Agreement exists, the text shall control.
     20. Authority. The officer executing this agreement on behalf of the Company has been empowered and directed to do so by the Board of Directors of the Company.
         
 
       
FOR THE COMPANY:   DIGITAL RECORDERS, INC.
 
       
Dated: 16 March 2007
  By:   /s/ David L. Turney
 
      Title: Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”)
 
       
 
       
FOR THE EXECUTIVE:
       
 
       
Dated: 16 March 2007   /s/ Stephen P. Slay
 
      Stephen P. Slay

7


 

Attachment A
Compensation:
  A.   Starting $175,000 annually payable semi-monthly.
 
  B.   Increases by $15,000 annually payable semi-monthly upon re-securing CPA license.
 
  C.   Company will reimburse educational expenses incurred in connection with re-securing and maintaining CPA license.
 
  D.   Company will reimburse expenses of CPA license fees in arrears not to exceed $6,000 and will further reimburse future annual fees required to maintain that license once issued.
 
  E.   Incentive Stock Options in the amount of 30,000 shares will be awarded based on NASDAQ market closing price on the business day next following signature on this agreement by Executive.
 
  F.   Executive is eligible for merit performance reviews and possible related increases in compensation. The first such review will be in July 2007 which will encompass his first full year of employment as well as the 90 day probationary period cited in paragraph 15 of this Agreement.

8

EX-21.1 4 d45016exv21w1.htm LISTING OF SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY exv21w1
 

Exhibit 21.1
Digital Recorders, Inc.
Subsidiaries
     
Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Incorporation
RTI, Inc.
  Texas
 
   
Digital Audio Corporation
  North Carolina
 
   
TwinVision® of North
  North Carolina
America, Inc.
   
 
   
DRI-Europa AB
  Sweden
 
   
Mobitec AB
  Sweden
 
   
Mobitec GmbH
  Germany
 
   
Mobitec Brasil Ltda
  Brazil
 
   
Mobitec Pty Ltd.
  Australia

EX-23.1 5 d45016exv23w1.htm CONSENT OF PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP exv23w1
 

Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-116633 and 333-118433) and Form S-3 (No. 333-135124) of Digital Recorders, Inc. of our report dated March 28, 2007 relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule, which appears in this Form 10-K.
 
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Raleigh, North Carolina
March 28, 2007

EX-31.1 6 d45016exv31w1.htm SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION OF DAVID L. TURNEY exv31w1
 

Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, David L. Turney, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Digital Recorders, Inc.;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and we have:
  a)   designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;
 
  c)   disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)   all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
/S/ DAVID L. TURNEY
          David L. Turney
Chief Executive Officer
March 28, 2007
A signed copy of this written statement required by Section 302 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

EX-31.2 7 d45016exv31w2.htm SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION OF STEPHEN P. SLAY exv31w2
 

Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Stephen P. Slay, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Digital Recorders, Inc.;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and we have:
  a)   designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;
 
  c)   disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)   all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
/S/ STEPHEN P. SLAY
          Stephen P. Slay
Chief Financial Officer
March 28, 2007
A signed copy of this written statement required by Section 302 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

EX-32.1 8 d45016exv32w1.htm SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION OF DAVID L. TURNEY exv32w1
 

Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
     In connection with the Annual Report of Digital Recorders, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, David L. Turney, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
  1)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
  2)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
/S/ DAVID L. TURNEY
          David L. Turney
     Chief Executive Officer
     March 28, 2007
     A signed copy of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

EX-32.2 9 d45016exv32w2.htm SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION OF STEPHEN P. SLAY exv32w2
 

Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
     In connection with the Annual Report of Digital Recorders, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Stephen P. Slay, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
  1)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
  2)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
/S/ STEPHEN P. SLAY
          Stephen P. Slay
     Chief Financial Officer
     March 28, 2007
     A signed copy of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

GRAPHIC 10 d45016d4501601.gif GRAPHIC begin 644 d45016d4501601.gif M1TE&.#EA4`+_`-4@`$!`0+^_OX"`@/#P\']_?Z"@H#\_/V!@8+"PL-#0T.#@ MX!`0$._O[S`P,"`@()"0D%!04-_?WW!P<,_/SZ^OKY^?GX^/CP\/#R\O+U]? M7T]/3Q\?'V]O;\#`P````/_______P`````````````````````````````` M```````````````````````````````````````````````````````````` M`````````````````````````````````"'Y!`$``"``+`````!0`O\```;_ M0)!P2"P:C\BD$PNF\_HM'K-;KO?GT3(`@'ML?(R7 MMP@`"[L`I2`=`,W:V]S=WIL/P$,0QM5"V$@>ZNOL[>[O\/'R\_3U]O?X^?K[ M_/W^_P`#"AQ(L*#!@P;3(!`W!-T!:QV,'?%@(8#%BQ@S:MS(L:/'CR!#BAQ) MLJ3)DRA'6O"0IZ7+ES!CRIQ)LZ;-FSASZMS)LZ?/_Y]`@_Y\=";!,(8=))A: M!:)5N@`?HDJ=2K6JU:M8LVK=RK6KUZ]@PXH=ZS6`AV]HTVK)9B:!@T@`PHEJ M^J?2LXE0R>K=R[>OW[^``9M52[AP%+9E\+2TU,K:GCZXC'C(&[BRY M;+BSYR.(-TW63+JTZ=.H.7]>[3FTIM&H8\N>3;NK:M:XU;K.!+NV[]_`2]_. M3;S;;DR]@RM?SGSL\.+0F1U/E+RY]>O8I3Z/SOW8=$35LXL?[WM[]_.ROA\* M3[Z]>]+FT??BH<`2(B`5!E0448> MD&4``5$%L`$%447@H54^]G@5!SA.16!4%5QPXGX&[,6`!SRBN)6*+%8IB(N# MP#B5`91)5>-8-VKGP9)<:7`5`45*14"347F0)E\!L*F7EE)^0*65>+Z!I2!T M1L5E55^*%:94&W`0009%5H3H!(?B:%8`#$Q@`04B?H`F56OVZ$$%'Y`8)X\@ M!F!AIP0$L.`'%7#IP003,*A!DYX:0$$$1&J@088*8C6:!1`B^`$%P&+P8WYW MYFFL&GL&DMQ*\7399CQ;#>IGDY=&T&0$%T1UZ0=?:C#!!W]NJR8&`?!:9`8G M4K#_P0<B//C MJ*Y=)*<,;`!IAWX+'+=%%W@X`51DNF[V;$,>-2C(/-!D&&3+@`I7: MBT4(R$`'=N5'$Q.;"<'"``I80&Q^N25IHO25!?8EE**T$BG!($,-7.![>E$9 M`Q#UH%!AR`#DJ@#EJ.(]#Z3.>O"R8;LF0+=.K41>5H%7PBJ#OK*$+P-NXH#, MKN(]6KZ*D,%4XS"_($+O!<"8N+2DG-*$,UM.)5.H\H#8B+:]3C7I75'A@+/N M8ZW`6-`YFOL2I[3R-]NX32_`C.>*YND%B7F$`A>`URDUT)$4`LEKUL/0F#(P MT)OU1D?_N!55M(E=>;3*Q:X_\!SK6>A:Z:2 M`-$D754:-S$Y538OE]4IW/QDNJ@\]@/(O5R^^+M?H3*@8GW[TW\#_"7%V4FK MY#(5!RC`,@@*^%+;JE&NK+,8BFL M<`5>N+*R`6Y@<&-I:MP\A+T*8`R@62&7S:1B@`F0-$ZN-"% M`H@"@@8H0!C:E8ADQ%L5:%K%+#[SRE7;.;`2>J";0,:*RHI'J`]8X$*/+MV2 M74I>*`AT0M MYM!YR%23ALJU>6<`!G5I`U>=2IMS#9U="R$&BEW7:J(SUKE8VV7Z*DE8M6"2%2JJ$SJW`H"5M@#[O8[:$08"A`X7>&B)Z+,,E/PM%M>9GVUH5"][K; M_>YXS[O>]\[WFM`Y,4?AQ8M5$6.'N_WP9;K1RJ]WW@<3W(76=0M<1+%=$'27 M$I8`K^$1SWFL6'!8%K[*P!^?F\B[Y`\MN2MDPMOYUL/IQ*1'FL&ST';7?W+T ML5_-[+%0>]M7$O>Y;TW_^.S[XHL>]L'/Y/"-S_PI(3_YHUQ^\Z>_=>C#;O=7 MZ#WUX0A\Z^M&^ML/?_>]CQ;L6T'[X3?C^,GO#?-7`?WIY^+ZV<\-]U-!AA!O M?/S5_WSZUQ7\#R=9ZM`S9*$@&!-S74$KMX9!:.)Q5:&`^W=\_M(%8EV)C48@8ZG@M'7"1[%$1A`-$\R(QJQ%00@/97R.1Q2)`I5*#7D>"D$Z&B_4BXE:'S2.(VQ4(U/($*IX@&X8X9;H2Z\M(<1<&CI52HB M(B\%@G6A@SP)0SWBXS:AY3S7=BOV!"XW4B`DX@$%8D';X`!, M001*$44V63<7Q8,8U7\YB1NA,0`>T`##@`#M4)20@$1'B2(94DY*J4I,V92Z M1P0)T`"XT`M1V0'_"&!G1+![)MF5-X238+D)H8%PK*`."_`'"K!BN8"5;AF- M7QF7G1$:0SD`"Z`.0]D4:\F7?7F&?PF8A1$:!6`-`F"7N)``>LF66;F8C`27 M6#"9[^`8CBD[1*``"R``![`.*S8`#<`0F*F9KL>95R``-6@`H!F:/50$!<`. M$J$`!=`+D=&:KMEYL&D%LMEGM6F;4K`;>2D`XM"3/IF81AF<56"=6X*=V>D$>S*6H`F3+`; M$E"8!X`+GKF>2#1V_OF?`!J@^A`+=^8FQDF?4^`:GJD.V3!GZ\"?4?0`_WTW MH11:H19ZH3+Q"AT`E````2"'$1@PGP@J1D50F.QPG^L@`;^)1"(ZHMZ`#1Y@ M#@4`%S3J`&3IHD\0&@I`"D(PENO`HT7`EBV*H\T`HPR7!*IYHT2Z!*'1`3+6 MH^I0";>PHE$P``RA&-;`!WV5#D.ZI,A@I%UZ"PV@I%X*&CM9FPLP#,0`H4^0 M``!PF'#A79GG5V%:IK(`IE5JHY%AIW6TDXS@G(T`J$#:IU'0DT-P"JG`%$XQ M$77*IY^`IU.0``M`IH[:I/3`ID]@J$+0"[\@!'A&#&M'!"SAJ,D`J54@J91J MIY8Z#YCJ!)H*#=)`#<'&I:1J"Z9Z!:BZIU[:I/]"":B^V@"MV@2O.@[E,*L3 M(:#(FJS*NJS,VJS.^JS0FA`-H:9'@`#!R@3#>@[9\!#G$*I#X`$2BJ'B.J[D M6J[F"A0"4)@`8*UZAP`+D*;G&J_R.J\X\7=-0*50D*W7H!2$UQ1/RG:-6JN# M<*M?D*NJ"@76"IU0(`%%:9FL4!=S2JL"VPD$&P8&NZM.H``2,*K>V:9YL`L# MT!A$H*6Z^JT!.[%N4+%C<+%$"B`(`)3J<*V)=+(HJP8JFQB36K+G^1US8)8/ MJK!D1+,U:P8W6Q0YV[)'$!'MT``/(`$R*TE".[1B4+1I(*G>NK,CVYOLL``' MP!8)P)HL*K6!0+5K8+7_.,JK/YI7TR&D8@L'9-L&9CNBNQ$1#E``?["V8=NV M;/"V;Q"W]#D=`S"C#\$6W`FT;12U>EL%6GL`W8D)?IN=]9$`!^``#\";3[M) MB)NX4;"XC:L)CVN;6%(`#<"QA*I%F:NY3<"YH)``'G"U<9DLW-JQ08NZ8:"Z ML)";KMN4R6()AGM'ITN[1F"[LH"[R.DB72L`6UJZLPN\6B"\M$"\H8DE'3"Z MEUM*OPN\SFL+T'M%@=N3=HL&>T*8U4M,UZNYV8L,V\M#;E$_S>,`##$&R>*T MO0M(Y=NVYZL,Z=M"`^``!-,I&.``.OM!4+!7RGNXS"L%]\L,^=M!!1"#F',! M__\J!DTJH@2\EU%4ORB;P-JPP/IS`$EI`(ZPIW+&EJ\&GB@"ET[NNO0``"@Q)'YODP@J>Q[ M`>Y[!DVZQ:D0QUPPQRF,Q9V1Q][0Q0C0DY$0QFW\IWD0P%7:M!+PO8H\LI[, MN[)KP'0LR9]!R6S`!\CKR5,`PZ9)P^P`R!+0&'=L"__&^Z;):\&F*[6^ZIPR MILIX[`&,7`8%4)@8X`$+<,Q+,,27;,0`@,0=NL057'].,+USS+9#ZR9H\LT9 MT`#$K`E=7,9DP,IG0)5:MTR07`1>+,.TO`Z1<,O6FLO?YP3B.[\S*[45]6"E M"1X)/F[!_)4L' M0]%64,XN,;K=%:`*\#S-U`P`MPP`)7@!>CD&A3T&JHE*XA.C?K23EZK/4"O9 M/&G$/@O(C0'0(*"1!P)-:Z@8/=FUTM`.D0#8[)JT9QTO"V#/87#:8_``<%'2 MM)``N-T%3=K&70W'L(VYD#C$#UW;;RJARLT$9:T(LKS7/JL.8.V]G2P%&XMQ M5(;0:<##7_V*=!P-.!6D9I5;@1U8W@Q_]]RQV@ MU%D@J9M5+A?0T4O@VP\=W.PPW#U9W&EQX2S"NA;``2#P74K^,)'`TJ"-OEVMXD80UU#.S!*=L&Z@`-5A M`:7)U0T^SRXMXL1Q`--@)4T<5>`ZRD7`Y;6\ITKSJBZVJ3#FKQ*;2!IA`7<= MFQ]Z$2&:!''=M7-MV2\]MAL=H\1]S@O5`0+6M3J M@.5N[:I,,6=#8&>?6@R=+DE5?0SQZ2?6@`JWG0@AFS9340%I[4&R#@9@ M[@:*H==<;=1^WJ$;FY088*\X/+)<2\@%^N'"KJV0`&SPSJB)L='H+@O-#BX- MX-W6K.MQ$+A`^:Y)%CHB+0O2+0C;W@4=T.1P\.U?G,F'+M'6G.)&\.A5T36+ M3=U$<,E*`.G:0D';=F@Z"W7=`:6(0$)GT2G<',)M!?_0W\0!F"0!&WQ((X+,D MS/1X!P''%.!,?YI+#Q0`$#6M*Q3_S@D7\0#6@!WU5E]W?W?S2Y#SA3J4F2YX M_;JHDE'A8JD.*!^5S#D+^4Z;G9``$M`+3!O>!^WOJTL1&L#P@0`!C8X%'>`U M/C[@Y;S@TNS9M8SH9+SJ[;?Q&6]YU*HT##L$;RZG=U'W9.#'*!_&#B`!LXX( M?6_W79"7O;#Z$4Z8OL`,^PLK%Z!Y@:":C5\%^SLXH5,-E+_E[@`78LVNW8[- M=[7N1M#N^6T$BB$.J<=7`1S96Z``/0D/0FFW3K\.7$NMFY#F[`#[63`'H[OZ MK1_GSN,!XF\+%D^'["KV8UW_0FW$HVO=U[W_?@P$%\:'./$<`4G!LM,$/:%1 MZ91:M5ZQ_UGM%@N0"HZ>9')QE$B]7#76TUF_IXG.H)HXE(^+`X(.]_\!`P,' M"B`\]!#4$#PH/C@6^@3?Y)HJ*PN6,C4EQCK'\,(LB(@RPDQ/45./&CQ;75TS M&SP@-&MM;1E'B0@6%"1_@8/ATJ)D4QLBGXB%V=R8!PL`3B$*DI^OL041#HX@ M$M<&%CB(@H"S3.QYNESA?I57E\^`!)-H%"IH0%C1T/\J=RP9G0(,%"=Z$ M\_?O`X9E`R%&U/(0Q``PIR18`T$Q8AN)@CPCX,'?2[5PNE0$U+>*4<1 M;K&8 M=\Y"B6=/U14-&IDVE+LE#D@H*WFQK\_*JCL0;-L-0H* M(7DPP8]^#X;"8`"E,NOI0+AB,Z#/?S8 M)C,)B,)0Q#\&'-%$9:1HH($0GT"`%33_>JN/P&T..2`!^;K9[T0J2+L0G$+* M.,NY'8G4HB!DBA1QF0$`P&L`!V`LZL$"*;/L@0$(N<,MGTQD*T@=GUMN%@J3 M+%.-(_$R$[EE.F!1"@F.:Y"9*44,;L-O2&M`@"'38VNDL[CO4;@U+MJ97I714S2K=BN37'!6%J$=:%3G@0W/! MK=?8>M5B$X+6_YK8-U)8C[4SUXHTA$!8B#K0W2,`]'RMN.8H$)G89)68-^YA462>I5$NLNP($,&#*'8>B`+:GTVO]CYQSY M80#,'5^H^02``"(JB(`(`^BNP^T%6%[>>Q"0YNGK[V^GRGF(U68;B@,,^""" M"]IGP"X>IZ[\^^43\,`Z`QRZWXKR`>8].QT.!'NI``:@8H$,].4)\@G2`\;G M/^1Y0"@`-)H%/48OV8U.`7*;`.3FE[<<'4^"_J/@/P*`09>I\"/G4QK./#"] MAC2@+=T`$2 MUHZ%$@$BV`1P`>N-`G(13.+WEC@3S0!@)*MX8A2G"+8J=D2#^/.`*/Z!@09\ MD8YA_``/:]4!X@``%`"@Q5T`MT:(7%%F!=G_0``0F<@`K"Y[=,1A#`D0R4AF M(#5M$L`!^)B@/[;Q6(+L"B=EAYN:>-&1L6M'Q[A@20B(QXG#V4F]/`D94):2 MEK5,2`3F'LMHEC-*\0UZ MO,4L!0%-+)`)"IAX0CZLB<]V#I2@6)`#/,/`BGS,`0L",(`D)8F]VJ1E)!`( M3*&V$="";I2C@D@`5C#9QTTF0P`RU`4!&ID-?58-`7Q$"`"DNNIH*OQR5/D8ECSJCR"^UKI6M;77K6^$:5[G.E:YUM>M= M\9I7O>Z5KWWUZU_=>H"O?H``]`%L.N:8ET&IAVX`5:=`;1I9R6:AI`Q!Z42I MHK)_]N&<`TCG%&@Z6=%RM++_N&Q$@DH%B^AC9-5\[&AA&ULM"&`#^]O`3RW6 M/,C*EK<Y_QMN'^<+?2M>YU-_)< M[&Z7NUO1;G?!VUWD_D*YX35O0<E[W:3*\@UMM>^0[SO8&([WSQZ__( M^@+BOOGU;P_W^X?^_I?`_@NP'P9<8`4C[\!P2/""(:RY!K_AP1&VL-(FO(8* M7YC#%K(F4PCWE$7-8HF=&\(S._-LUM5I*8W1SG5/58SG7^SHH'0,TT>=G. M?3909SK[V1Q6U\^%1JUD_`D"QX*6T(9V=&X/@]&S,OK1ET(=>] MAFL##.MK8:MUU\,V-K^`?6QE6Z+8RW9VLI>-Z,:B4BU[*=43267M*N,V2=I> M%+;Q%6C)>!O&W"X2N0T%[D.A6TWJ!E>>73M6#US;W$1BMYGN]HW\7J=]E&CB1"NYIA2^(<0 MT/%,<#H8-A]Y0DH>HL_$&WG:CMLYUZ#'B@CD,RL&]ZIH7@6H0ZH`^ECE89Q^ M`*BK0>J>W2S,-%X;NF']_PU;;PS,B!Z,L(\]E5(Q>P'O(0"5#^3J#L@Z%=S^ MA&CLW6CD1GE2G`&`P(CZ,.K>2]HUEH8.G`->`YBW80QO:RWX:R,)\`D`(+^T M[#W>/I)/)S+C#HS,(UX9"(E:9QSO@=`GP/3@9_[WJ_/]!5MDLPX4_34-_\#T$^/U"][ MB`\"PBEHOH?<]D+4).``.N@)7@\*=*\P-`WV&BD)NJXB9"_H*N(A*%").(;: MTO]"`=O``4$``:`$_:AM`NF&'QH@]/CN`D'OK!J@`#B02;X@>^9-#C8B]7Z! M!!,&^%+P"1Y@!8N/;A0``GJA\63P`4&@!F_0`W40!!8@$58%!EV&!%VD$E2F MD:S&"5CP^"PP4L0NK>:`\S2F"?I#`NLFX%*"!!7`5;AP22H!!/\I>PI"\X[K M`@_@`8(M"8^#$M;P"7@O.]ZOVJ[O\>2P"6BO8>HP#*&@))B0#/VP)]`0?-3P M`^=-]_KP?LAM.CH`_RSB#+8I$YZP#T!$#,DO"A8@&OZ#24($$QAC:!HHL12M M,SX12CR`,UPD"OI#*I(F%:&@I291^G*I;F:.8YB`%F'_@_;(H`:M;^=TD1=M MD3],,1A#Y`,OK9%:<:>0,1:7D10+`@2J3]'@'1V+PE\X0[Z+6X(`5XBA",%857H`Q,JKP%NPNZ4 MDAJFH.N`$@3DY@BP\!ENL@ER\B20)AD1!.6L`2@ST`X4`#K`#E>.J6-\\AP* MP@&<4@J@,N4BA2@!X2K702?!88)U+(I M1?`MZ2`)!^`S',EJ7H:$Z(E`/$]5\(*;,(2AGD`!,F8R,;$JJ8(S+;,*,+-` <-),_.O,DOC`]1!,=+K,^/+/B9',V:1/"@@``.S\_ ` end
-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----